1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
28 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
33 #include "libiberty.h"
35 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
40 #include "coff/symconst.h"
41 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
42 #include "coff/mips.h"
46 /* This structure is used to hold .got entries while estimating got
50 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
52 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
53 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
57 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
59 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
60 that should be added to the symbol value. */
62 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
63 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
65 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
67 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
68 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
69 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
73 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
77 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
79 struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
80 /* The number of global .got entries. */
81 unsigned int global_gotno;
82 /* The number of local .got entries. */
83 unsigned int local_gotno;
84 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
85 unsigned int assigned_gotno;
86 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
87 struct htab *got_entries;
88 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
89 unless multi-got was necessary. */
91 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
92 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
93 struct mips_got_info *next;
96 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
98 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash {
100 struct mips_got_info *g;
103 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
104 create and merge bfd's gots. */
106 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
108 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
110 /* The output bfd. */
112 /* The link information. */
113 struct bfd_link_info *info;
114 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
115 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
117 struct mips_got_info *primary;
118 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
120 struct mips_got_info *current;
121 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
123 unsigned int max_count;
124 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
125 unsigned int primary_count;
126 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
127 unsigned int current_count;
130 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
132 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
134 struct mips_got_info *g;
136 unsigned int needed_relocs;
137 struct bfd_link_info *info;
140 struct _mips_elf_section_data
142 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
145 struct mips_got_info *got_info;
150 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
151 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) (sec)->used_by_bfd)
153 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
154 the dynamic symbols. */
156 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
158 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
160 struct elf_link_hash_entry *low;
161 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
163 long min_got_dynindx;
164 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
165 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
166 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary
168 long max_unref_got_dynindx;
169 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
170 symbol without a GOT entry. */
171 long max_non_got_dynindx;
174 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
175 the global hash table. */
177 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
179 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
181 /* External symbol information. */
184 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
186 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
188 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
189 a readonly section. */
190 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc;
192 /* The index of the first dynamic relocation (in the .rel.dyn
193 section) against this symbol. */
194 unsigned int min_dyn_reloc_index;
196 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
197 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
198 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
200 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub;
202 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
203 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
206 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
207 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
208 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub;
210 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
211 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
214 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
215 being called returns a floating point value. */
216 asection *call_fp_stub;
218 /* Are we forced local? .*/
219 bfd_boolean forced_local;
222 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
224 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
226 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
228 /* We no longer use this. */
229 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
230 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES];
232 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
233 bfd_size_type procedure_count;
234 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
235 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
236 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
237 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
238 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
239 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
241 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
242 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
245 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
250 struct bfd_link_info *info;
251 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
252 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
256 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
258 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] =
261 "_procedure_string_table",
262 "_procedure_table_size",
266 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
271 unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */
272 unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
273 unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */
274 unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
275 unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */
276 unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */
285 bfd_byte reserved0[4];
286 bfd_byte reserved1[4];
287 } Elf32_External_compact_rel;
291 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
292 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
293 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
294 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
295 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
296 unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
301 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
302 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
303 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
304 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
305 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
313 } Elf32_External_crinfo;
319 } Elf32_External_crinfo2;
321 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
323 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
324 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
325 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
326 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
327 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
328 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
329 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
330 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
332 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
333 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
334 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
335 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
336 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
338 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
339 has different meaning for each type:
342 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
343 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
344 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
345 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
348 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
349 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
350 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
351 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
353 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
354 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
355 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
356 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
358 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
359 loader for use by the static exception system. */
361 typedef struct runtime_pdr {
362 bfd_vma adr; /* memory address of start of procedure */
363 long regmask; /* save register mask */
364 long regoffset; /* save register offset */
365 long fregmask; /* save floating point register mask */
366 long fregoffset; /* save floating point register offset */
367 long frameoffset; /* frame size */
368 short framereg; /* frame pointer register */
369 short pcreg; /* offset or reg of return pc */
370 long irpss; /* index into the runtime string table */
372 struct exception_info *exception_info;/* pointer to exception array */
374 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
375 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
377 static struct bfd_hash_entry *mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
378 PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *));
379 static void ecoff_swap_rpdr_out
380 PARAMS ((bfd *, const RPDR *, struct rpdr_ext *));
381 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_procedure_table
382 PARAMS ((PTR, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *,
383 struct ecoff_debug_info *));
384 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
385 PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
386 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in
387 PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_External_gptab *, Elf32_gptab *));
388 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out
389 PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_gptab *, Elf32_External_gptab *));
390 static void bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out
391 PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_compact_rel *, Elf32_External_compact_rel *));
392 static void bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out
393 PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_crinfo *, Elf32_External_crinfo *));
395 static void bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_in
396 PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_External_Msym *, Elf32_Internal_Msym *));
398 static void bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out
399 PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_Internal_Msym *, Elf32_External_Msym *));
400 static int sort_dynamic_relocs
401 PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
402 static int sort_dynamic_relocs_64
403 PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
404 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_output_extsym
405 PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
406 static int gptab_compare PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
407 static asection * mips_elf_rel_dyn_section PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd_boolean));
408 static asection * mips_elf_got_section PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd_boolean));
409 static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_info
410 PARAMS ((bfd *, asection **));
411 static bfd_vma mips_elf_local_got_index
412 PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma));
413 static bfd_vma mips_elf_global_got_index
414 PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *, struct elf_link_hash_entry *));
415 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_page
416 PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma, bfd_vma *));
417 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got16_entry
418 PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma, bfd_boolean));
419 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_offset_from_index
420 PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *, bfd *, bfd_vma));
421 static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
422 PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, asection *, bfd_vma));
423 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table
424 PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, unsigned long));
425 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
426 PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
427 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol
428 PARAMS ((bfd *, long, bfd_vma, struct mips_got_info *));
429 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol
430 PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *,
431 struct mips_got_info *));
432 static const Elf_Internal_Rela *mips_elf_next_relocation
433 PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
434 const Elf_Internal_Rela *));
435 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_local_relocation_p
436 PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, asection **, bfd_boolean));
437 static bfd_vma mips_elf_sign_extend PARAMS ((bfd_vma, int));
438 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_overflow_p PARAMS ((bfd_vma, int));
439 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high PARAMS ((bfd_vma));
440 static bfd_vma mips_elf_higher PARAMS ((bfd_vma));
441 static bfd_vma mips_elf_highest PARAMS ((bfd_vma));
442 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
443 PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
444 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_got_section
445 PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_boolean));
446 static asection *mips_elf_create_msym_section
448 static bfd_reloc_status_type mips_elf_calculate_relocation
449 PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *, asection *, struct bfd_link_info *,
450 const Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_vma, reloc_howto_type *,
451 Elf_Internal_Sym *, asection **, bfd_vma *, const char **,
452 bfd_boolean *, bfd_boolean));
453 static bfd_vma mips_elf_obtain_contents
454 PARAMS ((reloc_howto_type *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd *, bfd_byte *));
455 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_perform_relocation
456 PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, reloc_howto_type *,
457 const Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_vma, bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *,
459 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
460 PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *));
461 static void mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
462 PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int));
463 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
464 PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
465 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *,
466 bfd_vma, bfd_vma *, asection *));
467 static void mips_set_isa_flags PARAMS ((bfd *));
468 static INLINE char* elf_mips_abi_name PARAMS ((bfd *));
469 static void mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol
470 PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym *));
471 static bfd_boolean mips_mach_extends_p PARAMS ((unsigned long, unsigned long));
472 static bfd_boolean mips_32bit_flags_p PARAMS ((flagword));
473 static INLINE hashval_t mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma PARAMS ((bfd_vma));
474 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash PARAMS ((const PTR));
475 static int mips_elf_got_entry_eq PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
477 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_multi_got
478 PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct mips_got_info *,
479 asection *, bfd_size_type));
480 static hashval_t mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash PARAMS ((const PTR));
481 static int mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
482 static hashval_t mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash PARAMS ((const PTR));
483 static int mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
484 static int mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd PARAMS ((void **, void *));
485 static int mips_elf_merge_gots PARAMS ((void **, void *));
486 static int mips_elf_set_global_got_offset PARAMS ((void**, void *));
487 static int mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry PARAMS ((void**, void *));
488 static void mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries
489 PARAMS ((struct mips_got_info *));
490 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
491 PARAMS ((bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *));
492 static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
493 PARAMS ((struct mips_got_info *, bfd *));
495 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
496 static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
498 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
500 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
501 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
503 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
504 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
505 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
507 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
508 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
510 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
511 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
512 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
514 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
515 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
516 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
518 /* The name of the options section. */
519 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
520 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
522 /* The name of the stub section. */
523 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
524 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.stubs" : ".stub")
526 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
527 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
528 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
530 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
531 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
532 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
534 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
535 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
536 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
538 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
539 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
540 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
542 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
543 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
544 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->file_align == 8 ? 3 : 2)
546 /* Get word-sized data. */
547 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
548 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
550 /* Put out word-sized data. */
551 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
553 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
554 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
556 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
558 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
559 (ABI_64_P (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj) \
560 ? bfd_elf64_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val) \
561 : bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val))
563 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
564 (ABI_64_P (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj) \
565 ? (abort (), FALSE) \
566 : bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val))
569 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
570 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
572 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
573 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
574 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
575 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
576 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
577 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
578 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
579 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
580 section, that is RELA. */
581 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
582 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
583 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
584 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
585 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
586 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
587 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
589 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
590 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
591 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
593 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
594 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (2)
596 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
597 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) (0x7ff0)
599 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
601 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(abfd) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) + 0x7fff)
603 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. For some reason the stub is
604 slightly different on an SGI system. */
605 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
607 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
608 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
609 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
610 (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? 0x03e07825 : 0x03e07821) /* move t7,ra */
611 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jal t9 */
612 #define STUB_LI16(abfd) \
613 (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? 0x34180000 : 0x24180000) /* ori t8,zero,0 */
614 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE (16)
616 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
619 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
620 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
621 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
622 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
625 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
626 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
627 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
628 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
629 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
630 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
631 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
632 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
634 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
635 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
637 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
639 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
640 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
643 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
644 floating point arguments.
646 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
647 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
648 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
649 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
650 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
651 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
652 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
653 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
655 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
656 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
657 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
658 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
659 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
660 stub should be discarded.
662 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
663 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
664 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
665 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
666 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
667 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
668 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
671 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
672 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
673 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
675 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
677 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
678 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
679 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
681 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
683 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
684 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
685 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
688 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
690 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
691 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
693 (bfd_boolean (*) PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR))) (func), \
696 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
698 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
699 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
701 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
703 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
704 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string)
705 struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
706 struct bfd_hash_table *table;
709 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret =
710 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
712 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
714 if (ret == (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
715 ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
716 bfd_hash_allocate (table,
717 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry)));
718 if (ret == (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
719 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
721 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
722 ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
723 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
725 if (ret != (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
727 /* Set local fields. */
728 memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
729 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
730 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
732 ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
733 ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
734 ret->min_dyn_reloc_index = 0;
735 ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
737 ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
738 ret->call_stub = NULL;
739 ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
740 ret->forced_local = FALSE;
743 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
747 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec)
751 struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata;
752 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
754 sdata = (struct _mips_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
757 sec->used_by_bfd = (PTR) sdata;
759 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
762 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
763 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
766 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, section, debug)
769 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
772 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
773 char *ext_hdr = NULL;
775 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
776 memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug));
778 ext_hdr = (char *) bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size);
779 if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
782 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, (file_ptr) 0,
783 swap->external_hdr_size))
786 symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
787 (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr);
789 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
791 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
792 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
796 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
797 debug->ptr = (type) bfd_malloc (amt); \
798 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
800 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
801 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
805 READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
806 READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, PTR);
807 READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, PTR);
808 READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, PTR);
809 READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, PTR);
810 READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
812 READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
813 READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *);
814 READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, PTR);
815 READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, PTR);
816 READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, PTR);
820 debug->adjust = NULL;
827 if (debug->line != NULL)
829 if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
830 free (debug->external_dnr);
831 if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
832 free (debug->external_pdr);
833 if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
834 free (debug->external_sym);
835 if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
836 free (debug->external_opt);
837 if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
838 free (debug->external_aux);
839 if (debug->ss != NULL)
841 if (debug->ssext != NULL)
843 if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
844 free (debug->external_fdr);
845 if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
846 free (debug->external_rfd);
847 if (debug->external_ext != NULL)
848 free (debug->external_ext);
852 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
855 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, in, ex)
860 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr);
861 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask);
862 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset);
863 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask);
864 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset);
865 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset);
867 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg);
868 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg);
870 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss);
872 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->exception_info, ex->p_exception_info);
876 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
879 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (handle, abfd, info, s, debug)
882 struct bfd_link_info *info;
884 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
886 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
887 HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
889 struct rpdr_ext *erp;
891 struct pdr_ext *epdr;
892 struct sym_ext *esym;
897 unsigned long sindex;
901 const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)");
909 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
911 sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
915 size = swap->external_pdr_size;
917 epdr = (struct pdr_ext *) bfd_malloc (size * count);
921 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (PTR) epdr))
924 size = sizeof (RPDR);
925 rp = rpdr = (RPDR *) bfd_malloc (size * count);
929 size = sizeof (char *);
930 sv = (char **) bfd_malloc (size * count);
934 count = hdr->isymMax;
935 size = swap->external_sym_size;
936 esym = (struct sym_ext *) bfd_malloc (size * count);
940 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (PTR) esym))
944 ss = (char *) bfd_malloc (count);
947 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, (PTR) ss))
951 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++)
953 (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, (PTR) (epdr + i), &pdr);
954 (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, (PTR) &esym[pdr.isym], &sym);
956 rp->regmask = pdr.regmask;
957 rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset;
958 rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask;
959 rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset;
960 rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset;
961 rp->framereg = pdr.framereg;
962 rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg;
964 sv[i] = ss + sym.iss;
965 sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
969 size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex;
970 size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16);
971 rtproc = (PTR) bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
974 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0;
978 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2;
980 erp = (struct rpdr_ext *) rtproc;
981 memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext));
983 str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2);
984 strcpy (str, no_name_func);
985 str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
986 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
988 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i);
990 str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
992 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr);
994 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
996 s->contents = (bfd_byte *) rtproc;
998 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
999 matters, but someday it might). */
1000 s->link_order_head = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
1029 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1033 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (h, data)
1034 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
1035 PTR data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1037 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
1038 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
1040 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1041 && ! h->need_fn_stub)
1043 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1044 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1045 being included in the link. */
1046 h->fn_stub->_raw_size = 0;
1047 h->fn_stub->_cooked_size = 0;
1048 h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1049 h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1050 h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1053 if (h->call_stub != NULL
1054 && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
1056 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1057 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1058 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1059 h->call_stub->_raw_size = 0;
1060 h->call_stub->_cooked_size = 0;
1061 h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1062 h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1063 h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1066 if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
1067 && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
1069 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1070 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1071 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1072 h->call_fp_stub->_raw_size = 0;
1073 h->call_fp_stub->_cooked_size = 0;
1074 h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1075 h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1076 h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1082 bfd_reloc_status_type
1083 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (abfd, symbol, reloc_entry, input_section,
1084 relocateable, data, gp)
1087 arelent *reloc_entry;
1088 asection *input_section;
1089 bfd_boolean relocateable;
1097 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1100 relocation = symbol->value;
1102 relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
1103 relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
1105 if (reloc_entry->address > input_section->_cooked_size)
1106 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1108 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address);
1110 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1111 if (reloc_entry->howto->src_mask == 0)
1113 /* This case occurs with the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
1114 val = reloc_entry->addend;
1118 val = ((insn & 0xffff) + reloc_entry->addend) & 0xffff;
1123 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1124 are producing relocateable output, we don't want to do this for
1125 an external symbol. */
1127 || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
1128 val += relocation - gp;
1130 insn = (insn & ~0xffff) | (val & 0xffff);
1131 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address);
1134 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1136 else if ((long) val >= 0x8000 || (long) val < -0x8000)
1137 return bfd_reloc_overflow;
1139 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1142 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1143 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1146 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (abfd, ex, in)
1148 const Elf32_External_gptab *ex;
1151 in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
1152 in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
1156 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, in, ex)
1158 const Elf32_gptab *in;
1159 Elf32_External_gptab *ex;
1161 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
1162 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
1166 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (abfd, in, ex)
1168 const Elf32_compact_rel *in;
1169 Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex;
1171 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1);
1172 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num);
1173 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2);
1174 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset);
1175 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0);
1176 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1);
1180 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (abfd, in, ex)
1182 const Elf32_crinfo *in;
1183 Elf32_External_crinfo *ex;
1187 l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH)
1188 | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH)
1189 | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH)
1190 | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH));
1191 H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info);
1192 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst);
1193 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr);
1197 /* Swap in an MSYM entry. */
1200 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_in (abfd, ex, in)
1202 const Elf32_External_Msym *ex;
1203 Elf32_Internal_Msym *in;
1205 in->ms_hash_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ms_hash_value);
1206 in->ms_info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ms_info);
1209 /* Swap out an MSYM entry. */
1212 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out (abfd, in, ex)
1214 const Elf32_Internal_Msym *in;
1215 Elf32_External_Msym *ex;
1217 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ms_hash_value, ex->ms_hash_value);
1218 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ms_info, ex->ms_info);
1221 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1222 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1223 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1226 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, ex, in)
1228 const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex;
1231 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
1232 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1233 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1234 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1235 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1236 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
1240 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, in, ex)
1242 const Elf32_RegInfo *in;
1243 Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex;
1245 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
1246 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1247 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1248 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1249 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1250 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
1253 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1254 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1255 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1256 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1257 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1260 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, ex, in)
1262 const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex;
1263 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in;
1265 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
1266 in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad);
1267 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1268 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1269 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1270 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1271 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
1275 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, in, ex)
1277 const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in;
1278 Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex;
1280 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
1281 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad);
1282 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1283 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1284 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1285 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1286 H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
1289 /* Swap in an options header. */
1292 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, ex, in)
1294 const Elf_External_Options *ex;
1295 Elf_Internal_Options *in;
1297 in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind);
1298 in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size);
1299 in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section);
1300 in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info);
1303 /* Swap out an options header. */
1306 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (abfd, in, ex)
1308 const Elf_Internal_Options *in;
1309 Elf_External_Options *ex;
1311 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind);
1312 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size);
1313 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section);
1314 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info);
1317 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1318 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1321 sort_dynamic_relocs (arg1, arg2)
1325 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1;
1326 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2;
1328 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1);
1329 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2);
1331 return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info);
1334 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1337 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (arg1, arg2)
1341 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3];
1342 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3];
1344 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
1345 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1);
1346 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
1347 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2);
1349 return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info)
1350 - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info));
1354 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1355 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1356 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1357 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1358 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1359 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1360 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1361 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1362 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1363 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1364 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1365 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1366 when generating a final executable. */
1369 mips_elf_output_extsym (h, data)
1370 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
1373 struct extsym_info *einfo = (struct extsym_info *) data;
1375 asection *sec, *output_section;
1377 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
1378 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
1380 if (h->root.indx == -2)
1382 else if (((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0
1383 || (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
1384 && (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0
1385 && (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) == 0)
1387 else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
1388 || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
1389 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
1390 h->root.root.root.string,
1391 FALSE, FALSE) == NULL))
1399 if (h->esym.ifd == -2)
1402 h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
1403 h->esym.weakext = 0;
1404 h->esym.reserved = 0;
1405 h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
1406 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1407 h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
1409 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
1410 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
1414 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1416 name = h->root.root.root.string;
1417 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
1418 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
1420 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
1421 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1422 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1424 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
1426 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1427 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1428 h->esym.asym.value =
1429 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count;
1431 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd))
1433 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1434 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1435 h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd);
1438 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
1440 else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
1441 && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1442 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1447 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1448 output_section = sec->output_section;
1450 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1451 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1452 if (output_section == NULL)
1453 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
1456 name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
1458 if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
1459 h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
1460 else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
1461 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
1462 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
1463 h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
1464 else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0
1465 || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
1466 h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
1467 else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
1468 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
1469 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
1470 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
1471 else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
1472 h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
1473 else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
1474 h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
1476 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1480 h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
1481 h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
1484 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
1485 h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size;
1486 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1487 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1489 if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
1490 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
1491 else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
1492 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
1494 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1495 output_section = sec->output_section;
1496 if (output_section != NULL)
1497 h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value
1498 + sec->output_offset
1499 + output_section->vma);
1501 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1503 else if ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) != 0)
1505 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
1506 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub = h->no_fn_stub;
1508 while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
1510 hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
1511 no_fn_stub = no_fn_stub || hd->no_fn_stub;
1516 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1517 h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
1518 sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
1520 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1523 output_section = sec->output_section;
1524 if (output_section != NULL)
1525 h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.offset
1526 + sec->output_offset
1527 + output_section->vma);
1529 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1537 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap,
1538 h->root.root.root.string,
1541 einfo->failed = TRUE;
1548 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1551 gptab_compare (p1, p2)
1555 const Elf32_gptab *a1 = (const Elf32_gptab *) p1;
1556 const Elf32_gptab *a2 = (const Elf32_gptab *) p2;
1558 return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value;
1561 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1563 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1566 static INLINE hashval_t
1567 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (addr)
1571 return addr + (addr >> 32);
1577 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1578 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1582 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (entry_)
1585 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
1587 return entry->symndx
1588 + (! entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
1590 + (entry->symndx >= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)
1591 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash));
1595 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (entry1, entry2)
1599 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
1600 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
1602 return e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->symndx == e2->symndx
1603 && (! e1->abfd ? e1->d.address == e2->d.address
1604 : e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
1605 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
1608 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1609 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1610 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
1614 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (entry_)
1617 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
1619 return entry->symndx
1621 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
1622 : entry->symndx >= 0
1624 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend))
1625 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash);
1629 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (entry1, entry2)
1633 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
1634 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
1636 return e1->symndx == e2->symndx
1637 && (e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
1638 : e1->abfd == NULL || e2->abfd == NULL
1639 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address
1640 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
1643 /* Returns the dynamic relocation section for DYNOBJ. */
1646 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, create_p)
1648 bfd_boolean create_p;
1650 static const char dname[] = ".rel.dyn";
1653 sreloc = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, dname);
1654 if (sreloc == NULL && create_p)
1656 sreloc = bfd_make_section (dynobj, dname);
1658 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj, sreloc,
1663 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
1665 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc,
1672 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
1675 mips_elf_got_section (abfd, maybe_excluded)
1677 bfd_boolean maybe_excluded;
1679 asection *sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
1681 || (! maybe_excluded && (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0))
1686 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
1687 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
1690 static struct mips_got_info *
1691 mips_elf_got_info (abfd, sgotp)
1696 struct mips_got_info *g;
1698 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
1699 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
1700 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
1701 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
1702 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
1705 *sgotp = (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 ? sgot : NULL;
1710 /* Returns the GOT offset at which the indicated address can be found.
1711 If there is not yet a GOT entry for this value, create one. Returns
1712 -1 if no satisfactory GOT offset can be found. */
1715 mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, ibfd, info, value)
1717 struct bfd_link_info *info;
1721 struct mips_got_info *g;
1722 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
1724 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
1726 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, ibfd, g, sgot, value);
1728 return entry->gotidx;
1733 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
1736 mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd, ibfd, h)
1738 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
1742 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
1743 long global_got_dynindx = 0;
1745 gg = g = mips_elf_got_info (abfd, &sgot);
1746 if (g->bfd2got && ibfd)
1748 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
1750 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= 0);
1752 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
1757 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
1759 p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries, &e);
1761 BFD_ASSERT (p->gotidx > 0);
1766 if (gg->global_gotsym != NULL)
1767 global_got_dynindx = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
1769 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
1770 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
1771 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
1773 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
1774 index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
1775 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
1776 BFD_ASSERT (index < sgot->_raw_size);
1781 /* Find a GOT entry that is within 32KB of the VALUE. These entries
1782 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
1783 within 32KB of GP. Return the index into the GOT for this page,
1784 and store the offset from this entry to the desired address in
1785 OFFSETP, if it is non-NULL. */
1788 mips_elf_got_page (abfd, ibfd, info, value, offsetp)
1790 struct bfd_link_info *info;
1795 struct mips_got_info *g;
1797 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
1799 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
1801 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, ibfd, g, sgot,
1803 & (~(bfd_vma)0xffff));
1808 index = entry->gotidx;
1811 *offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
1816 /* Find a GOT entry whose higher-order 16 bits are the same as those
1817 for value. Return the index into the GOT for this entry. */
1820 mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, ibfd, info, value, external)
1822 struct bfd_link_info *info;
1824 bfd_boolean external;
1827 struct mips_got_info *g;
1828 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
1832 /* Although the ABI says that it is "the high-order 16 bits" that we
1833 want, it is really the %high value. The complete value is
1834 calculated with a `addiu' of a LO16 relocation, just as with a
1836 value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
1839 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
1841 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, ibfd, g, sgot, value);
1843 return entry->gotidx;
1848 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
1852 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj, output_bfd, input_bfd, index)
1860 struct mips_got_info *g;
1862 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
1863 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
1864 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, g, input_bfd);
1866 return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + index - gp;
1869 /* Create a local GOT entry for VALUE. Return the index of the entry,
1870 or -1 if it could not be created. */
1872 static struct mips_got_entry *
1873 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, ibfd, gg, sgot, value)
1875 struct mips_got_info *gg;
1879 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
1880 struct mips_got_info *g;
1884 entry.d.address = value;
1886 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, ibfd);
1889 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, abfd);
1890 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
1893 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
1898 entry.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno++;
1900 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
1905 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
1907 if (g->assigned_gotno >= g->local_gotno)
1909 (*loc)->gotidx = -1;
1910 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
1911 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1912 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
1913 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1917 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value,
1918 (sgot->contents + entry.gotidx));
1923 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
1924 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
1925 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
1926 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
1927 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
1928 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
1931 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, max_local)
1932 struct bfd_link_info *info;
1933 unsigned long max_local;
1935 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
1936 struct mips_got_info *g;
1939 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
1941 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
1944 hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx =
1945 hsd.min_got_dynindx = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
1946 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
1947 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
1948 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
1949 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
1950 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
1951 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
1952 too large offsets. */
1953 - (g->next ? g->assigned_gotno : 0);
1954 hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = max_local;
1955 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
1956 elf_hash_table (info)),
1957 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
1960 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
1961 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
1962 BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
1963 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
1964 <= elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
1966 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
1967 table index in the GOT. */
1968 g->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
1973 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
1974 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
1978 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (h, data)
1979 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
1982 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd
1983 = (struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *) data;
1985 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
1986 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
1988 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
1990 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
1993 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
1994 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
1995 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
1997 if (h->root.got.offset == 2)
1999 if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
2000 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2001 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
2003 else if (h->root.got.offset != 1)
2004 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
2007 h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
2008 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2014 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2015 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2019 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g)
2020 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2022 struct bfd_link_info *info;
2023 struct mips_got_info *g;
2025 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
2027 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2029 if (h->dynindx == -1)
2031 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
2035 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
2038 if (!bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2044 entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2046 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
2049 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2050 need to do it again. */
2054 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
2060 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
2062 if (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE)
2065 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2066 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2067 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2073 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2074 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2077 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, symndx, addend, g)
2081 struct mips_got_info *g;
2083 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
2086 entry.symndx = symndx;
2087 entry.d.addend = addend;
2088 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **)
2089 htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry, INSERT);
2094 entry.gotidx = g->local_gotno++;
2096 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
2101 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
2106 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2109 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (entry_)
2112 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *entry
2113 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry_;
2115 return entry->bfd->id;
2118 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2121 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (entry1, entry2)
2125 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e1
2126 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry1;
2127 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e2
2128 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry2;
2130 return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
2133 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBDF. G must
2134 be the master GOT data. */
2136 static struct mips_got_info *
2137 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd)
2138 struct mips_got_info *g;
2141 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e, *p;
2147 p = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *) htab_find (g->bfd2got, &e);
2148 return p ? p->g : NULL;
2151 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2152 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2156 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (entryp, p)
2160 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
2161 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
2162 htab_t bfd2got = arg->bfd2got;
2163 struct mips_got_info *g;
2164 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry, *bfdgot;
2167 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
2169 bfdgot_entry.bfd = entry->abfd;
2170 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (bfd2got, &bfdgot_entry, INSERT);
2171 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfdgotp;
2177 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
2178 (arg->obfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
2188 bfdgot->bfd = entry->abfd;
2189 bfdgot->g = g = (struct mips_got_info *)
2190 bfd_alloc (arg->obfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
2197 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
2198 g->global_gotno = 0;
2200 g->assigned_gotno = -1;
2201 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
2202 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq,
2204 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
2214 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
2215 entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
2216 if (*entryp != NULL)
2221 if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->forced_local)
2229 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
2230 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
2231 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
2232 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
2233 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
2234 and then make make the new got current. */
2237 mips_elf_merge_gots (bfd2got_, p)
2241 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got
2242 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfd2got_;
2243 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
2244 unsigned int lcount = bfd2got->g->local_gotno;
2245 unsigned int gcount = bfd2got->g->global_gotno;
2246 unsigned int maxcnt = arg->max_count;
2248 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
2249 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
2250 if (! arg->primary && lcount + gcount <= maxcnt)
2252 arg->primary = bfd2got->g;
2253 arg->primary_count = lcount + gcount;
2255 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
2256 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
2257 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
2258 else if (arg->primary
2259 && (arg->primary_count + lcount + gcount) <= maxcnt)
2261 struct mips_got_info *g = bfd2got->g;
2262 int old_lcount = arg->primary->local_gotno;
2263 int old_gcount = arg->primary->global_gotno;
2265 bfd2got->g = arg->primary;
2267 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
2268 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd,
2270 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
2273 htab_delete (g->got_entries);
2274 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
2275 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
2278 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount + lcount == arg->primary->local_gotno);
2279 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount + gcount >= arg->primary->global_gotno);
2281 arg->primary_count = arg->primary->local_gotno
2282 + arg->primary->global_gotno;
2284 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
2285 else if (arg->current
2286 && arg->current_count + lcount + gcount <= maxcnt)
2288 struct mips_got_info *g = bfd2got->g;
2289 int old_lcount = arg->current->local_gotno;
2290 int old_gcount = arg->current->global_gotno;
2292 bfd2got->g = arg->current;
2294 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
2295 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd,
2297 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
2300 htab_delete (g->got_entries);
2302 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount + lcount == arg->current->local_gotno);
2303 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount + gcount >= arg->current->global_gotno);
2305 arg->current_count = arg->current->local_gotno
2306 + arg->current->global_gotno;
2308 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
2309 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
2310 overflows anyway. */
2313 bfd2got->g->next = arg->current;
2314 arg->current = bfd2got->g;
2316 arg->current_count = lcount + gcount;
2322 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
2323 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
2324 got) to the given VALUE.
2326 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
2327 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
2328 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
2329 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
2330 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
2331 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
2332 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
2333 marked as not elligible for lazy resolution through a function
2336 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (entryp, p)
2340 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
2341 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *arg
2342 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *)p;
2343 struct mips_got_info *g = arg->g;
2345 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1
2346 && entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1)
2350 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotsym == NULL);
2352 entry->gotidx = arg->value * (long) g->assigned_gotno++;
2353 /* We can't do lazy update of GOT entries for
2354 non-primary GOTs since the PLT entries don't use the
2355 right offsets, so punt at it for now. */
2356 entry->d.h->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
2357 if (arg->info->shared
2358 || (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created
2359 && ((entry->d.h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
2360 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
2361 && ((entry->d.h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
2362 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)))
2363 ++arg->needed_relocs;
2366 entry->d.h->root.got.offset = arg->value;
2372 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
2373 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
2374 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
2375 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
2376 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
2377 the traversal must be restarted. */
2379 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (entryp, p)
2383 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
2384 htab_t got_entries = *(htab_t *)p;
2386 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
2388 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = entry->d.h;
2390 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2391 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2392 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
2394 if (entry->d.h == h)
2399 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
2400 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
2401 if (! htab_find (got_entries, entry))
2403 htab_clear_slot (got_entries, entryp);
2404 entryp = htab_find_slot (got_entries, entry, INSERT);
2407 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
2408 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
2410 *(htab_t *)p = NULL;
2413 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
2414 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
2420 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
2423 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g)
2424 struct mips_got_info *g;
2430 got_entries = g->got_entries;
2432 htab_traverse (got_entries,
2433 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry,
2436 while (got_entries == NULL);
2439 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
2442 mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd, g, ibfd)
2444 struct mips_got_info *g;
2447 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
2450 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
2454 BFD_ASSERT (g->next);
2458 return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
2461 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
2462 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
2465 mips_elf_multi_got (abfd, info, g, got, pages)
2467 struct bfd_link_info *info;
2468 struct mips_got_info *g;
2470 bfd_size_type pages;
2472 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
2473 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
2474 struct mips_got_info *gg;
2475 unsigned int assign;
2477 g->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash,
2478 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq,
2480 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
2483 got_per_bfd_arg.bfd2got = g->bfd2got;
2484 got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd;
2485 got_per_bfd_arg.info = info;
2487 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
2488 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
2489 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g);
2490 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, &got_per_bfd_arg);
2491 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
2494 got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL;
2495 got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
2496 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
2497 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
2498 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
2499 got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (abfd)
2500 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
2501 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO - pages);
2503 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
2504 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
2505 to be the primary GOT. */
2506 htab_traverse (g->bfd2got, mips_elf_merge_gots, &got_per_bfd_arg);
2507 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
2510 /* If we find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
2511 if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL)
2513 g->next = (struct mips_got_info *)
2514 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
2515 if (g->next == NULL)
2518 g->next->global_gotsym = NULL;
2519 g->next->global_gotno = 0;
2520 g->next->local_gotno = 0;
2521 g->next->assigned_gotno = 0;
2522 g->next->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
2523 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq,
2525 if (g->next->got_entries == NULL)
2527 g->next->bfd2got = NULL;
2530 g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary;
2531 g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current;
2533 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
2537 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
2538 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
2539 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
2540 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
2543 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfdgot;
2546 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
2547 (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
2554 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (gg->bfd2got, bfdgot, INSERT);
2556 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp == NULL);
2560 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
2561 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
2562 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
2565 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
2566 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
2567 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
2568 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
2569 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
2570 follows IRIX's practice.
2572 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
2573 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
2574 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
2575 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
2579 gg->assigned_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
2580 g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
2581 set_got_offset_arg.value = 2;
2585 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
2586 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
2587 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
2588 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
2589 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
2590 their entries can be omitted. */
2591 gg->assigned_gotno = 0;
2592 set_got_offset_arg.value = -1;
2595 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
2596 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
2597 set_got_offset_arg.g = NULL;
2598 htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
2599 &set_got_offset_arg);
2600 set_got_offset_arg.value = 1;
2601 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
2602 &set_got_offset_arg);
2603 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1))
2606 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
2607 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
2608 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
2609 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
2610 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
2611 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
2612 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
2613 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
2614 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
2615 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
2616 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
2617 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
2618 points back to the master GOT. */
2619 gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno;
2620 gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno;
2626 struct mips_got_info *gn;
2628 assign += MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
2629 g->assigned_gotno = assign;
2630 g->local_gotno += assign + pages;
2631 assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno;
2633 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
2634 list that gg points to. */
2642 got->_raw_size = (gg->next->local_gotno
2643 + gg->next->global_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
2649 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
2650 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
2652 static const Elf_Internal_Rela *
2653 mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd, r_type, relocation, relend)
2654 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2655 unsigned int r_type;
2656 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation;
2657 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
2659 /* According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must be
2660 immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
2661 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
2662 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
2663 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
2664 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
2665 while (relocation < relend)
2667 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type)
2673 /* We didn't find it. */
2674 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2678 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
2681 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation, local_sections,
2684 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation;
2685 asection **local_sections;
2686 bfd_boolean check_forced;
2688 unsigned long r_symndx;
2689 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2690 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2693 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
2694 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
2695 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2697 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
2699 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
2704 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
2705 was forced local. */
2706 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
2707 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
2708 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
2709 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2710 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2711 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
2712 if ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL) != 0)
2719 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
2722 mips_elf_sign_extend (value, bits)
2726 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1)))
2727 /* VALUE is negative. */
2728 value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits;
2733 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
2734 range expressable by a signed number with the indicated number of
2738 mips_elf_overflow_p (value, bits)
2742 bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value;
2744 if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1)
2745 /* The value is too big. */
2747 else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1)))
2748 /* The value is too small. */
2755 /* Calculate the %high function. */
2758 mips_elf_high (value)
2761 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
2764 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
2767 mips_elf_higher (value)
2768 bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2771 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
2774 return (bfd_vma) -1;
2778 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
2781 mips_elf_highest (value)
2782 bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2785 return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
2788 return (bfd_vma) -1;
2792 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
2795 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info)
2797 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2800 register asection *s;
2802 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL)
2804 flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2807 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".compact_rel");
2809 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)
2810 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
2811 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
2814 s->_raw_size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel);
2820 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
2823 mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info, maybe_exclude)
2825 struct bfd_link_info *info;
2826 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude;
2829 register asection *s;
2830 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2831 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
2832 struct mips_got_info *g;
2835 /* This function may be called more than once. */
2836 s = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
2839 if (! maybe_exclude)
2840 s->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
2844 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2845 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2848 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
2850 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".got");
2852 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)
2853 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
2856 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
2857 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
2858 are not creating a global offset table. */
2860 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2861 (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
2862 (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
2863 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
2866 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
2867 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
2868 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
2869 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
2872 && ! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2875 amt = sizeof (struct mips_got_info);
2876 g = (struct mips_got_info *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2879 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
2880 g->local_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
2881 g->assigned_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
2884 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
2885 mips_elf_got_entry_eq,
2887 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
2889 mips_elf_section_data (s)->u.got_info = g;
2890 mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
2891 |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
2896 /* Returns the .msym section for ABFD, creating it if it does not
2897 already exist. Returns NULL to indicate error. */
2900 mips_elf_create_msym_section (abfd)
2905 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".msym");
2908 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".msym");
2910 || !bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s,
2914 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2916 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
2917 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
2924 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
2925 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
2926 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
2928 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
2929 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
2930 relocation must be JALX.
2932 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
2933 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
2934 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
2935 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
2937 static bfd_reloc_status_type
2938 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (abfd, input_bfd, input_section, info,
2939 relocation, addend, howto, local_syms,
2940 local_sections, valuep, namep,
2941 require_jalxp, save_addend)
2944 asection *input_section;
2945 struct bfd_link_info *info;
2946 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation;
2948 reloc_howto_type *howto;
2949 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
2950 asection **local_sections;
2953 bfd_boolean *require_jalxp;
2954 bfd_boolean save_addend;
2956 /* The eventual value we will return. */
2958 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
2961 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
2962 shared object file being produced. */
2963 bfd_vma gp = MINUS_ONE;
2964 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
2967 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
2968 bfd_vma gp0 = MINUS_ONE;
2969 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
2970 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
2971 during execution. */
2972 bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
2973 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
2975 asection *sec = NULL;
2976 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
2977 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
2979 bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p;
2980 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
2981 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE;
2982 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2984 unsigned long r_symndx;
2986 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
2987 relocation value. */
2988 bfd_boolean overflowed_p;
2989 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
2990 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
2992 /* Parse the relocation. */
2993 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
2994 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
2995 p = (input_section->output_section->vma
2996 + input_section->output_offset
2997 + relocation->r_offset);
2999 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3000 overflowed_p = FALSE;
3002 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3003 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3004 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
3005 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
3006 local_sections, FALSE);
3007 was_local_p = local_p;
3008 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
3009 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3012 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3013 must come before globals. */
3017 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3020 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3022 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
3023 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
3025 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3026 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION
3027 || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE))
3028 symbol += sym->st_value;
3029 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
3030 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
3032 addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend);
3034 addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3037 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3038 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
3041 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3042 *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
3043 symtab_hdr->sh_link,
3046 *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
3048 target_is_16_bit_code_p = (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16);
3052 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3053 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
3054 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
3055 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3056 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3057 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3058 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
3060 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3061 *namep = h->root.root.root.string;
3063 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3064 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3065 if (strcmp (h->root.root.root.string, "_gp_disp") == 0
3066 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
3068 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3069 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3070 if (r_type != R_MIPS_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS_LO16)
3071 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
3075 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
3076 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
3077 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
3079 else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3080 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3081 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
3083 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
3084 if (sec->output_section)
3085 symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value
3086 + sec->output_section->vma
3087 + sec->output_offset);
3089 symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value;
3091 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3092 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
3093 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
3094 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
3097 else if (info->shared
3098 && (!info->symbolic || info->allow_shlib_undefined)
3099 && !info->no_undefined
3100 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
3102 else if (strcmp (h->root.root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0 ||
3103 strcmp (h->root.root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
3105 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
3106 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
3107 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
3108 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
3109 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
3111 BFD_ASSERT (! info->shared);
3112 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL);
3117 if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
3118 (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
3119 input_section, relocation->r_offset,
3120 (!info->shared || info->no_undefined
3121 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other)))))
3122 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
3126 target_is_16_bit_code_p = (h->root.other == STO_MIPS16);
3129 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
3130 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
3132 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocateable
3133 && ((h != NULL && h->fn_stub != NULL)
3134 || (local_p && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
3135 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
3136 && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd, input_section))
3138 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
3139 have already noticed that we were going to need the
3142 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx];
3145 BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub);
3149 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3151 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
3152 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
3153 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocateable
3155 && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
3156 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
3158 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
3159 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
3161 if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
3166 for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
3168 if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o),
3169 CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
3171 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
3178 else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
3181 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
3183 BFD_ASSERT (sec->_raw_size > 0);
3184 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3187 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
3188 special jalx instruction. */
3189 *require_jalxp = (!info->relocateable
3190 && (((r_type == R_MIPS16_26) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
3191 || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26) && target_is_16_bit_code_p)));
3193 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
3194 local_sections, TRUE);
3196 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
3197 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
3202 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
3203 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
3204 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
3205 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
3206 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
3207 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
3210 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
3211 g = mips_elf_global_got_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
3213 (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h);
3214 if (! elf_hash_table(info)->dynamic_sections_created
3216 && (info->symbolic || h->root.dynindx == -1)
3217 && (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR)))
3219 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
3220 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
3221 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
3222 bfd *tmpbfd = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
3223 asection *sgot = mips_elf_got_section (tmpbfd, FALSE);
3224 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (tmpbfd, symbol + addend, sgot->contents + g);
3227 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16 || r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16)
3228 /* There's no need to create a local GOT entry here; the
3229 calculation for a local GOT16 entry does not involve G. */
3233 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd,
3234 info, symbol + addend);
3236 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3239 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
3240 g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
3241 abfd, input_bfd, g);
3246 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
3247 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
3248 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
3249 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
3250 gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
3251 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
3252 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj)
3253 gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd,
3255 (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, NULL),
3263 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
3267 return bfd_reloc_continue;
3270 value = symbol + mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
3271 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3278 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
3280 && ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
3281 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
3282 && ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
3283 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)))
3285 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3287 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
3288 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
3289 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
3290 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
3293 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
3301 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
3305 if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
3306 value = symbol + addend;
3310 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3315 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16:
3316 value = symbol + addend - p;
3317 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3320 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
3321 value = symbol + mips_elf_sign_extend (addend << 2, 18) - p;
3322 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
3323 value = (value >> 2) & howto->dst_mask;
3326 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16:
3327 /* Instead of subtracting 'p' here, we should be subtracting the
3328 equivalent value for the LO part of the reloc, since the value
3329 here is relative to that address. Because that's not easy to do,
3330 we adjust 'addend' in _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section(). See also
3331 the comment there for more information. */
3332 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - p);
3333 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3337 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
3338 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
3339 the output file that's different. That's handled in
3340 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
3341 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
3344 value = (((addend << 2) | ((p + 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol) >> 2;
3346 value = (mips_elf_sign_extend (addend << 2, 28) + symbol) >> 2;
3347 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3353 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
3354 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3358 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
3359 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3365 value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
3368 value = addend + gp - p + 4;
3369 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3370 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
3371 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
3372 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
3375 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
3376 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
3379 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
3380 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
3381 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
3382 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
3383 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
3384 not check for overflow here. */
3388 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
3389 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
3390 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
3391 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
3396 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
3397 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
3398 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
3399 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
3400 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
3401 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
3402 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
3403 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
3404 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
3405 if (howto->partial_inplace)
3406 addend = mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
3407 value = symbol + addend - gp;
3408 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
3409 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
3410 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
3411 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
3415 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3424 /* The special case is when the symbol is forced to be local. We
3425 need the full address in the GOT since no R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3427 forced = ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
3428 local_sections, FALSE);
3429 value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info,
3430 symbol + addend, forced);
3431 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
3432 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3434 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
3435 abfd, input_bfd, value);
3436 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3442 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
3444 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3447 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
3448 value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp);
3450 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3454 value = mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16) + symbol - p;
3455 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3458 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
3459 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
3460 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
3461 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
3462 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
3464 value = mips_elf_high (value);
3465 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3468 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
3469 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
3470 value = g & howto->dst_mask;
3473 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
3474 value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
3475 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
3476 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3477 value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
3478 abfd, input_bfd, value);
3479 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3482 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
3483 mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, &value);
3484 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3488 value = symbol - addend;
3489 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3493 value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
3494 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3497 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
3498 value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
3499 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3502 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
3503 value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
3504 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3509 /* Both of these may be ignored. R_MIPS_JALR is an optimization
3510 hint; we could improve performance by honoring that hint. */
3511 return bfd_reloc_continue;
3513 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
3514 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
3515 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
3516 return bfd_reloc_continue;
3519 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
3520 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
3523 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
3525 return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok;
3528 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
3531 mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents)
3532 reloc_howto_type *howto;
3533 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation;
3538 bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
3540 /* Obtain the bytes. */
3541 x = bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)), input_bfd, location);
3543 if ((ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26
3544 || ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info) == R_MIPS16_GPREL)
3545 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd))
3546 /* The two 16-bit words will be reversed on a little-endian system.
3547 See mips_elf_perform_relocation for more details. */
3548 x = (((x & 0xffff) << 16) | ((x & 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3553 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
3554 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
3555 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
3556 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
3557 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
3558 unconditionally converted to JALX.
3560 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
3563 mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, relocation, value, input_bfd,
3564 input_section, contents, require_jalx)
3565 struct bfd_link_info *info;
3566 reloc_howto_type *howto;
3567 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation;
3570 asection *input_section;
3572 bfd_boolean require_jalx;
3576 int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
3578 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
3579 location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
3581 /* Obtain the current value. */
3582 x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
3584 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
3585 x &= ~howto->dst_mask;
3587 /* If this is the R_MIPS16_26 relocation, we must store the
3588 value in a funny way. */
3589 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
3591 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
3592 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
3595 The format of these instructions is:
3597 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3598 ! JALX ! X! Imm 20:16 ! Imm 25:21 !
3599 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3601 +-----------------------------------------------+
3603 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
3604 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
3606 When producing a relocateable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
3607 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
3608 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
3609 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
3610 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
3611 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
3612 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
3613 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
3614 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
3615 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
3618 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
3619 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
3620 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
3621 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
3622 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
3623 value as two 16-bit values.
3625 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
3629 +--------+----------------------+
3633 +--------+----------------------+
3636 +----------+------+-------------+
3640 +----------+--------------------+
3641 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
3642 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
3644 When producing a relocateable object file, the calculation is
3645 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3646 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
3647 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3648 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff) */
3650 if (!info->relocateable)
3651 /* Shuffle the bits according to the formula above. */
3652 value = (((value & 0x1f0000) << 5)
3653 | ((value & 0x3e00000) >> 5)
3654 | (value & 0xffff));
3656 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL)
3658 /* R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
3659 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
3661 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3662 ! EXTEND ! Imm 10:5 ! Imm 15:11 !
3663 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3664 ! Major ! rx ! ry ! Imm 4:0 !
3665 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3667 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
3670 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
3671 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
3672 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
3674 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
3675 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
3676 little-endian system. */
3677 value = (((value & 0x7e0) << 16)
3678 | ((value & 0xf800) << 5)
3682 /* Set the field. */
3683 x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
3685 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
3689 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
3690 bfd_vma jalx_opcode;
3692 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
3693 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
3695 ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
3700 ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
3704 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
3707 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3708 (_("%s: %s+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
3709 bfd_archive_filename (input_bfd),
3710 input_section->name,
3711 (unsigned long) relocation->r_offset);
3712 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3716 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
3717 x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
3720 /* Swap the high- and low-order 16 bits on little-endian systems
3721 when doing a MIPS16 relocation. */
3722 if ((r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL || r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
3723 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd))
3724 x = (((x & 0xffff) << 16) | ((x & 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3726 /* Put the value into the output. */
3727 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location);
3731 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
3734 mips_elf_stub_section_p (abfd, section)
3735 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
3738 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, section);
3740 return (strncmp (name, FN_STUB, sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0
3741 || strncmp (name, CALL_STUB, sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
3742 || strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0);
3745 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel.dyn section in ABFD. */
3748 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (abfd, n)
3754 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (abfd, FALSE);
3755 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3757 if (s->_raw_size == 0)
3759 /* Make room for a null element. */
3760 s->_raw_size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
3763 s->_raw_size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
3766 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
3767 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
3768 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
3769 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
3772 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, info, rel, h, sec,
3773 symbol, addendp, input_section)
3775 struct bfd_link_info *info;
3776 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
3777 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3781 asection *input_section;
3783 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3];
3789 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
3790 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
3791 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
3792 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
3793 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL);
3794 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)
3795 < sreloc->_raw_size);
3798 outrel[0].r_offset =
3799 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset);
3800 outrel[1].r_offset =
3801 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
3802 outrel[2].r_offset =
3803 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
3806 /* We begin by assuming that the offset for the dynamic relocation
3807 is the same as for the original relocation. We'll adjust this
3808 later to reflect the correct output offsets. */
3809 if (elf_section_data (input_section)->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS)
3811 outrel[1].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset;
3812 outrel[2].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset;
3816 /* Except that in a stab section things are more complex.
3817 Because we compress stab information, the offset given in the
3818 relocation may not be the one we want; we must let the stabs
3819 machinery tell us the offset. */
3820 outrel[1].r_offset = outrel[0].r_offset;
3821 outrel[2].r_offset = outrel[0].r_offset;
3822 /* If we didn't need the relocation at all, this value will be
3824 if (outrel[0].r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
3829 if (outrel[0].r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1
3830 || outrel[0].r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
3833 /* If we've decided to skip this relocation, just output an empty
3834 record. Note that R_MIPS_NONE == 0, so that this call to memset
3835 is a way of setting R_TYPE to R_MIPS_NONE. */
3837 memset (outrel, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela) * 3);
3841 bfd_vma section_offset;
3843 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
3844 in the relocation. */
3846 && (! info->symbolic || (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
3847 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0))
3849 indx = h->root.dynindx;
3850 /* h->root.dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
3857 if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
3859 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
3861 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3866 indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
3871 /* Figure out how far the target of the relocation is from
3872 the beginning of its section. */
3873 section_offset = symbol - sec->output_section->vma;
3874 /* The relocation we're building is section-relative.
3875 Therefore, the original addend must be adjusted by the
3877 *addendp += section_offset;
3878 /* Now, the relocation is just against the section. */
3879 symbol = sec->output_section->vma;
3882 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
3883 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
3884 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
3885 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
3886 if (!indx && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
3889 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
3890 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
3891 outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx,
3893 outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) 0,
3894 ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
3897 outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) 0,
3900 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
3901 correct location in the output file. */
3902 outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
3903 + input_section->output_offset);
3904 outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
3905 + input_section->output_offset);
3906 outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
3907 + input_section->output_offset);
3910 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
3911 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
3912 relocation format is non-standard. */
3913 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
3915 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
3916 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
3918 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
3921 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3922 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
3923 (sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
3925 /* Record the index of the first relocation referencing H. This
3926 information is later emitted in the .msym section. */
3928 && (h->min_dyn_reloc_index == 0
3929 || sreloc->reloc_count < h->min_dyn_reloc_index))
3930 h->min_dyn_reloc_index = sreloc->reloc_count;
3932 /* We've now added another relocation. */
3933 ++sreloc->reloc_count;
3935 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
3936 will be writing to it. */
3937 elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags
3940 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
3941 if (! skip && IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5)
3943 asection *scpt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
3948 Elf32_crinfo cptrel;
3950 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG);
3951 cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset
3952 + input_section->output_section->vma
3953 + input_section->output_offset);
3954 if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32)
3955 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32);
3957 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD);
3958 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0);
3959 cptrel.konst = *addendp;
3961 cr = (scpt->contents
3962 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
3963 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel,
3964 ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr
3965 + scpt->reloc_count));
3966 ++scpt->reloc_count;
3973 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
3976 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flags)
3979 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH)
3981 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
3982 return bfd_mach_mips3900;
3984 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
3985 return bfd_mach_mips4010;
3987 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
3988 return bfd_mach_mips4100;
3990 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
3991 return bfd_mach_mips4111;
3993 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120:
3994 return bfd_mach_mips4120;
3996 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
3997 return bfd_mach_mips4650;
3999 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400:
4000 return bfd_mach_mips5400;
4002 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500:
4003 return bfd_mach_mips5500;
4005 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
4006 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
4009 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
4013 return bfd_mach_mips3000;
4017 return bfd_mach_mips6000;
4021 return bfd_mach_mips4000;
4025 return bfd_mach_mips8000;
4029 return bfd_mach_mips5;
4032 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
4033 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32;
4036 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
4037 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64;
4040 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
4041 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2;
4049 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
4051 static INLINE char *
4052 elf_mips_abi_name (abfd)
4057 flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
4058 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
4061 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
4063 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
4067 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32:
4069 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64:
4071 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32:
4073 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64:
4076 return "unknown abi";
4080 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
4081 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
4082 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
4083 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
4084 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
4085 static asection mips_elf_scom_section;
4086 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol;
4087 static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
4089 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
4090 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
4091 definition in a shared library. */
4092 static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
4093 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
4094 static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
4096 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
4097 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4100 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (abfd, asym)
4104 elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
4106 elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
4107 switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
4109 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
4110 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
4111 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
4112 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
4113 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
4114 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
4115 if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL)
4117 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
4118 mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon";
4119 mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC;
4120 mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
4121 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
4122 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
4123 mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon";
4124 mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
4125 mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
4126 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
4128 asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
4132 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4133 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
4134 if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd)
4135 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
4138 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
4139 if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL)
4141 /* Initialize the small common section. */
4142 mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon";
4143 mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
4144 mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
4145 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
4146 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
4147 mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon";
4148 mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
4149 mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
4150 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
4152 asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
4153 asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
4156 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
4157 asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
4160 #if 0 /* for SGI_COMPAT */
4162 asym->section = mips_elf_text_section_ptr;
4166 asym->section = mips_elf_data_section_ptr;
4172 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
4173 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
4174 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
4178 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (abfd, hdr)
4180 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4182 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
4183 && hdr->sh_size > 0)
4187 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
4188 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL);
4191 hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4,
4194 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
4195 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, (bfd_size_type) 4, abfd) != 4)
4199 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
4200 && hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4201 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL
4202 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL)
4204 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
4206 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
4207 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
4208 so that we don't have to read them again.
4209 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
4210 through the section contents to see if there is an
4211 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
4213 contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata;
4215 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
4216 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
4218 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
4220 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
4222 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
4229 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
4230 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)),
4233 H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
4234 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, (bfd_size_type) 8, abfd) != 8)
4237 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
4244 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
4245 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)),
4248 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
4249 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, (bfd_size_type) 4, abfd) != 4)
4256 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
4258 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
4260 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
4261 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
4262 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
4264 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4265 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
4267 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
4269 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4270 hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
4272 else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
4274 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4275 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
4277 else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0)
4280 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
4282 else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0)
4284 if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0)
4286 unsigned int adjust;
4288 adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign;
4290 hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust;
4298 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
4299 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
4300 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
4302 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
4306 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name)
4308 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4313 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
4314 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
4315 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
4316 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
4317 probably get away with this. */
4318 switch (hdr->sh_type)
4320 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
4321 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0)
4325 if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0)
4328 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
4329 if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0)
4332 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
4333 if (strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
4336 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE:
4337 if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0)
4340 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG:
4341 if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0)
4343 flags = SEC_DEBUGGING;
4345 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO:
4346 if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0
4347 || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
4349 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
4351 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE:
4352 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
4355 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
4356 if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
4359 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
4360 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) != 0)
4363 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
4364 if (strncmp (name, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
4367 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
4368 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
4371 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
4372 if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
4373 && strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4374 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
4381 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name))
4386 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
4387 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd,
4393 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
4395 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
4396 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
4397 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
4398 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
4399 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
4401 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
4404 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, (PTR) &ext,
4406 (bfd_size_type) sizeof ext))
4408 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s);
4409 elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value;
4412 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
4413 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
4414 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
4415 they should agree. */
4416 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
4418 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
4420 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
4421 if (contents == NULL)
4423 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents,
4424 (file_ptr) 0, hdr->sh_size))
4430 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
4431 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
4433 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
4435 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
4437 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
4439 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg;
4441 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
4443 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *)
4444 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
4446 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
4448 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
4450 Elf32_RegInfo intreg;
4452 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
4454 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *)
4455 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
4457 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
4467 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
4468 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
4469 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4472 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (abfd, hdr, sec)
4474 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4477 register const char *name;
4479 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
4481 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0)
4483 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST;
4484 hdr->sh_info = sec->_raw_size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
4485 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4487 else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0)
4488 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT;
4489 else if (strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
4491 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB;
4492 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
4493 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4495 else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0)
4496 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE;
4497 else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0)
4499 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG;
4500 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
4501 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4502 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4503 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
4505 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
4507 else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0)
4509 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO;
4510 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
4511 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4512 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
4514 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4515 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
4517 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
4520 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
4522 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
4523 && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0
4524 || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0
4525 || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0))
4527 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
4528 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
4530 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
4531 hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES;
4534 else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0
4535 || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0
4536 || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
4537 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
4538 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0
4539 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
4540 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4541 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
4543 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE;
4544 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
4546 else if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
4548 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT;
4549 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
4550 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4552 else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0)
4554 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
4555 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
4556 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
4558 else if (strncmp (name, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
4559 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
4560 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
4562 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB;
4563 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
4564 final_write_processing. */
4566 else if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
4567 || strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4568 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
4570 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS;
4571 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
4572 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4574 else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
4576 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM;
4577 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
4578 hdr->sh_entsize = 8;
4581 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the
4582 default kind of relocations. But, we may actually need both
4583 kinds of relocations, so we set up the second header here.
4585 This is not necessary for the O32 ABI since that only uses Elf32_Rel
4586 relocations (cf. System V ABI, MIPS RISC Processor Supplement,
4587 3rd Edition, p. 4-17). It breaks the IRIX 5/6 32-bit ld, since one
4588 of the resulting empty .rela.<section> sections starts with
4589 sh_offset == object size, and ld doesn't allow that. While the check
4590 is arguably bogus for empty or SHT_NOBITS sections, it can easily be
4591 avoided by not emitting those useless sections in the first place. */
4592 if (! SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && ! NEWABI_P(abfd)
4593 && (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
4595 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esd;
4596 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr);
4598 esd = elf_section_data (sec);
4599 BFD_ASSERT (esd->rel_hdr2 == NULL);
4600 esd->rel_hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4603 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, esd->rel_hdr2, sec,
4604 !elf_section_data (sec)->use_rela_p);
4610 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
4611 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
4612 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
4613 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
4614 the .scommon section. */
4617 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec, retval)
4618 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4622 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0)
4624 *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
4627 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0)
4629 *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON;
4635 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
4636 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
4639 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp)
4641 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4642 const Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4644 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4648 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
4649 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
4650 && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
4652 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
4657 switch (sym->st_shndx)
4660 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4661 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
4662 if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd)
4663 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
4666 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
4667 *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon");
4668 (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
4669 *valp = sym->st_size;
4673 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4674 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL)
4676 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
4677 asection *elf_text_section;
4678 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
4680 elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4681 if (elf_text_section == NULL)
4684 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
4685 elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4686 if (elf_text_symbol == NULL)
4689 /* Initialize the section. */
4691 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section;
4692 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol;
4694 elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol;
4695 elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol;
4697 elf_text_section->name = ".text";
4698 elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
4699 elf_text_section->output_section = NULL;
4700 elf_text_section->owner = abfd;
4701 elf_text_symbol->name = ".text";
4702 elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
4703 elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section;
4705 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4706 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4707 so I took it out. */
4708 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section;
4711 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
4712 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
4714 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4715 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL)
4717 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
4718 asection *elf_data_section;
4719 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
4721 elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4722 if (elf_data_section == NULL)
4725 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
4726 elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4727 if (elf_data_symbol == NULL)
4730 /* Initialize the section. */
4732 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section;
4733 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol;
4735 elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol;
4736 elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol;
4738 elf_data_section->name = ".data";
4739 elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
4740 elf_data_section->output_section = NULL;
4741 elf_data_section->owner = abfd;
4742 elf_data_symbol->name = ".data";
4743 elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
4744 elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section;
4746 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4747 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4748 so I took it out. */
4749 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section;
4752 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
4753 *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
4757 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
4759 && info->hash->creator == abfd->xvec
4760 && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
4762 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4763 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
4765 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
4767 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4768 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp,
4769 (bfd_vma) *valp, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
4770 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4773 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
4774 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
4775 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
4776 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
4778 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4781 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE;
4784 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
4785 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
4786 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
4787 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
4793 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
4794 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
4795 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
4798 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook (abfd, info, name, sym, input_sec)
4799 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4800 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4801 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4802 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4803 asection *input_sec;
4805 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
4806 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
4807 common in the output file. */
4808 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
4809 && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
4810 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
4812 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16
4813 && (sym->st_value & 1) != 0)
4819 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
4821 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
4824 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info)
4826 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4828 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4829 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
4831 register asection *s;
4832 const char * const *namep;
4834 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
4835 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
4837 /* Mips ABI requests the .dynamic section to be read only. */
4838 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
4841 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
4845 /* We need to create .got section. */
4846 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info, FALSE))
4849 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, TRUE))
4852 /* Create the .msym section on IRIX6. It is used by the dynamic
4853 linker to speed up dynamic relocations, and to avoid computing
4854 the ELF hash for symbols. */
4855 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
4856 && !mips_elf_create_msym_section (abfd))
4859 /* Create .stub section. */
4860 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
4861 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == NULL)
4863 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd));
4865 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_CODE)
4866 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
4867 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
4871 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
4873 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
4875 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rld_map");
4877 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY)
4878 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
4879 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
4883 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
4884 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
4885 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
4886 the linker takes such action. */
4887 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
4889 for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++)
4892 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4893 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr,
4894 (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
4895 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4898 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
4899 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
4900 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
4901 h->type = STT_SECTION;
4903 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4907 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
4908 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
4910 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info))
4914 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
4915 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".hash");
4917 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4);
4918 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
4920 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4);
4921 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
4923 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4);
4924 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
4926 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4);
4927 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
4929 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4);
4936 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
4938 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4939 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr,
4940 (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
4941 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4944 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
4945 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
4946 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
4947 h->type = STT_SECTION;
4949 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4952 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head)
4954 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
4955 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
4956 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
4957 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
4958 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map");
4959 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4961 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
4963 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4964 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s,
4965 (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
4966 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4969 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
4970 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
4971 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
4972 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
4974 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4982 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
4983 allocate space in the global offset table. */
4986 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
4988 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4990 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs;
4994 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4995 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4996 struct mips_got_info *g;
4998 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
4999 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
5002 struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5004 if (info->relocateable)
5007 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5008 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
5009 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
5010 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5012 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
5014 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
5015 if (strncmp (name, FN_STUB, sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0)
5017 unsigned long r_symndx;
5019 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5022 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
5024 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
5025 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
5029 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
5030 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
5031 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
5032 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
5034 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
5035 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
5037 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
5038 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
5039 || o->reloc_count == 0
5040 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), FN_STUB,
5041 sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0
5042 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), CALL_STUB,
5043 sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
5044 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), CALL_FP_STUB,
5045 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
5048 sec_relocs = (MNAME(abfd,_bfd_elf,link_read_relocs)
5049 (abfd, o, (PTR) NULL,
5050 (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
5051 info->keep_memory));
5052 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
5055 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
5056 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
5057 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
5058 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) != R_MIPS16_26)
5061 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
5070 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
5071 not need it. Since this function is called before
5072 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
5073 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
5075 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5079 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
5081 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL)
5083 unsigned long symcount;
5087 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
5088 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
5090 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5091 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
5092 n = (asection **) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
5095 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n;
5098 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
5100 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
5101 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
5102 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
5103 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
5107 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5109 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5110 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5112 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5115 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
5118 else if (strncmp (name, CALL_STUB, sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
5119 || strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
5121 unsigned long r_symndx;
5122 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5125 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5128 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
5130 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
5131 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
5133 /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
5134 in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
5135 mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
5136 discard this stub. Since this function is called before
5137 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
5138 easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
5139 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5143 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5144 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5146 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5148 if (strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
5149 loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
5151 loc = &h->call_stub;
5153 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
5154 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
5155 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
5156 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
5157 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
5158 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
5159 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
5160 it is slightly faster to check now. */
5161 if (*loc != NULL || h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
5163 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5168 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
5178 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
5183 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
5184 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
5185 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
5190 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5191 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
5192 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
5194 unsigned long r_symndx;
5195 unsigned int r_type;
5196 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5198 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
5199 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
5201 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
5203 else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
5205 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5206 (_("%s: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
5207 bfd_archive_filename (abfd), name);
5208 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5213 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
5215 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
5218 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
5219 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5223 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
5224 if (dynobj == NULL || sgot == NULL)
5230 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5231 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5232 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5233 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5234 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
5235 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
5236 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5238 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
5239 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, FALSE))
5241 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
5248 && (info->shared || h != NULL)
5249 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5250 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
5258 if (!h && (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
5259 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
5260 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP))
5262 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
5263 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
5264 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
5265 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
5266 R_MIPS_CALL16. We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
5267 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
5268 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
5269 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
5279 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5280 (_("%s: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
5281 bfd_archive_filename (abfd), (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
5282 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5287 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5288 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5291 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5292 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g))
5295 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
5296 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
5297 elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol in elflink.h. */
5298 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT;
5304 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5305 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5306 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5307 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5308 if (h && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g))
5315 if ((info->shared || h != NULL)
5316 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5320 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, TRUE);
5324 #define MIPS_READONLY_SECTION (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)
5327 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
5328 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
5329 relocs. We make room for this reloc in the
5330 .rel.dyn reloc section. */
5331 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, 1);
5332 if ((sec->flags & MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
5333 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
5334 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
5335 relocations against the text segment. */
5336 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5340 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
5342 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
5343 defined in a dynamic object. */
5344 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5345 ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
5346 if ((sec->flags & MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
5347 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
5348 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
5349 are relocations against the text segment. */
5350 hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
5353 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
5354 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
5355 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
5356 dynamic relocations against it. */
5360 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
5361 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, TRUE))
5363 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
5364 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g))
5369 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
5370 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
5371 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
5375 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
5376 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
5377 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
5378 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
5379 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
5380 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
5383 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
5384 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
5385 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5386 if (!_bfd_elf32_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
5390 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
5391 used. Record for later use during GC. */
5392 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
5393 if (!_bfd_elf32_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
5401 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
5402 related to taking the function's address. */
5408 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
5410 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5411 mh->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
5415 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5416 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5420 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
5421 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
5422 References from a stub section do not count. */
5424 && r_type != R_MIPS16_26
5425 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), FN_STUB,
5426 sizeof FN_STUB - 1) != 0
5427 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), CALL_STUB,
5428 sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) != 0
5429 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), CALL_FP_STUB,
5430 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) != 0)
5432 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
5434 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5435 mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
5442 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
5443 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
5444 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
5445 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
5449 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (info, h)
5450 struct bfd_link_info *info;
5451 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5454 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
5457 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5459 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
5460 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
5461 && ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT)
5462 || h->weakdef != NULL
5463 || ((h->elf_link_hash_flags
5464 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0
5465 && (h->elf_link_hash_flags
5466 & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) != 0
5467 && (h->elf_link_hash_flags
5468 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)));
5470 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
5471 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
5473 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5474 if (! info->relocateable
5475 && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
5476 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
5477 || (h->elf_link_hash_flags
5478 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0))
5480 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj,
5481 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
5482 if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
5483 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
5484 against the text segment. */
5485 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5488 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
5489 if (! hmips->no_fn_stub
5490 && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) != 0)
5492 if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5495 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
5496 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
5497 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
5498 executable and the shared library. */
5499 if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)
5501 /* We need .stub section. */
5502 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
5503 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
5504 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5506 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5507 h->root.u.def.value = s->_raw_size;
5509 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
5510 h->plt.offset = s->_raw_size;
5512 /* Make room for this stub code. */
5513 s->_raw_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
5515 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
5516 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
5520 else if ((h->type == STT_FUNC)
5521 && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) == 0)
5523 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
5524 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
5525 h->root.u.def.value = 0;
5529 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
5530 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
5531 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
5532 if (h->weakdef != NULL)
5534 BFD_ASSERT (h->weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5535 || h->weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
5536 h->root.u.def.section = h->weakdef->root.u.def.section;
5537 h->root.u.def.value = h->weakdef->root.u.def.value;
5541 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
5542 is not a function. */
5547 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
5548 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
5549 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
5552 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (output_bfd, info)
5554 struct bfd_link_info *info;
5560 struct mips_got_info *g;
5562 bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
5563 bfd_size_type local_gotno;
5566 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
5567 ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
5569 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri,
5570 (bfd_size_type) sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
5572 if (! (info->relocateable
5573 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen))
5574 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
5575 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs,
5578 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5580 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
5583 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &s);
5587 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
5588 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
5590 for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub; sub = sub->link_next)
5592 asection *subsection;
5594 for (subsection = sub->sections;
5596 subsection = subsection->next)
5598 if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
5600 loadable_size += ((subsection->_raw_size + 0xf)
5601 &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
5605 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
5606 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
5607 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
5608 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
5610 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1))
5613 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
5614 i = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->global_gotsym->dynindx;
5616 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
5617 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
5620 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
5621 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
5623 loadable_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE * (i + 1);
5625 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of
5626 contiguous sections. Is 5 enough? */
5627 local_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
5629 g->local_gotno += local_gotno;
5630 s->_raw_size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
5632 g->global_gotno = i;
5633 s->_raw_size += i * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
5635 if (s->_raw_size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (output_bfd)
5636 && ! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, g, s, local_gotno))
5642 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5645 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info)
5647 struct bfd_link_info *info;
5651 bfd_boolean reltext;
5653 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5654 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
5656 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5658 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5661 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
5662 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5664 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
5666 = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
5670 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
5671 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
5674 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5679 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
5680 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
5681 name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
5683 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5688 if (strncmp (name, ".rel", 4) == 0)
5690 if (s->_raw_size == 0)
5692 /* We only strip the section if the output section name
5693 has the same name. Otherwise, there might be several
5694 input sections for this output section. FIXME: This
5695 code is probably not needed these days anyhow, since
5696 the linker now does not create empty output sections. */
5697 if (s->output_section != NULL
5699 bfd_get_section_name (s->output_section->owner,
5700 s->output_section)) == 0)
5705 const char *outname;
5708 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
5709 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
5710 If the relocation section is .rel.dyn, we always
5711 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
5712 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
5714 outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
5716 target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4);
5718 && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
5719 && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5720 || strcmp (outname, ".rel.dyn") == 0)
5723 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5724 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5725 if (strcmp (name, ".rel.dyn") != 0)
5728 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
5729 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
5730 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
5731 will move them around between input sections'
5732 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
5733 broken, so don't let it run. */
5734 info->combreloc = 0;
5737 else if (strncmp (name, ".got", 4) == 0)
5739 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
5740 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
5741 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
5743 struct mips_got_info *gg = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
5744 struct mips_got_info *g = gg;
5745 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
5746 unsigned int needed_relocs = 0;
5750 set_got_offset_arg.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
5751 set_got_offset_arg.info = info;
5753 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg);
5754 for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
5756 unsigned int save_assign;
5758 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g);
5760 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
5761 save_assign = g->assigned_gotno;
5762 g->assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno;
5763 set_got_offset_arg.g = g;
5764 set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs = 0;
5765 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
5766 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
5767 &set_got_offset_arg);
5768 needed_relocs += set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs;
5769 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno - g->local_gotno
5770 <= g->global_gotno);
5772 g->assigned_gotno = save_assign;
5775 needed_relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_gotno;
5776 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
5777 + g->next->global_gotno
5778 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO);
5783 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, needed_relocs);
5786 else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)) == 0)
5788 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
5789 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
5790 s->_raw_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
5792 else if (! info->shared
5793 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
5794 && strncmp (name, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
5796 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
5797 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
5800 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
5801 && strncmp (name, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
5802 s->_raw_size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
5803 else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
5804 s->_raw_size = (sizeof (Elf32_External_Msym)
5805 * (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
5806 + bfd_count_sections (output_bfd)));
5807 else if (strncmp (name, ".init", 5) != 0)
5809 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5815 _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info, s);
5819 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5820 s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->_raw_size);
5821 if (s->contents == NULL && s->_raw_size != 0)
5823 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
5828 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5830 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5831 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5832 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5833 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5834 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5837 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
5838 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
5839 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
5841 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
5843 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
5849 /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */
5850 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
5852 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
5857 if (reltext && SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
5858 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5860 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
5862 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
5866 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
5869 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE))
5871 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
5874 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
5877 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
5881 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
5883 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO, 0))
5887 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
5889 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO, 0))
5893 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".conflict") != NULL)
5895 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_CONFLICT, 0))
5898 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".liblist");
5899 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5901 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LIBLIST, 0))
5905 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
5908 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
5912 /* Time stamps in executable files are a bad idea. */
5913 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP, 0))
5918 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM, 0))
5923 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_IVERSION, 0))
5927 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
5930 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
5933 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
5936 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
5939 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
5942 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
5943 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
5946 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
5947 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
5948 (dynobj, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
5949 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
5952 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".msym")
5953 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_MSYM, 0))
5960 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
5963 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
5964 contents, relocs, local_syms, local_sections)
5966 struct bfd_link_info *info;
5968 asection *input_section;
5970 Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs;
5971 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
5972 asection **local_sections;
5974 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
5975 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
5977 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
5978 struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5980 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
5981 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
5982 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
5986 reloc_howto_type *howto;
5987 bfd_boolean require_jalx;
5988 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
5990 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE;
5991 unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
5992 const char * msg = (const char *) NULL;
5994 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
5995 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
5997 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
5998 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
5999 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
6000 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
6001 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
6002 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
6003 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE);
6005 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
6007 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
6011 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
6012 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type,
6013 NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
6014 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
6015 (input_bfd, input_section,
6018 if (!use_saved_addend_p)
6020 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
6022 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
6023 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
6024 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
6025 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
6026 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
6027 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
6028 rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr;
6029 if ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
6030 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel))
6031 rel_hdr = elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr2;
6032 if (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd))
6034 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
6035 rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
6037 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
6038 addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, input_bfd,
6040 addend &= howto->src_mask;
6041 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
6043 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
6044 combination of the addend stored in two different
6046 if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
6047 || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
6048 || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
6049 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
6050 local_sections, FALSE)))
6053 const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
6054 reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
6057 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
6058 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
6059 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
6060 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
6063 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation. */
6064 if (r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16)
6065 lo = R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16;
6068 lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd, lo,
6070 if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
6073 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
6074 lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, lo, FALSE);
6075 l = mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto, lo16_relocation,
6076 input_bfd, contents);
6077 l &= lo16_howto->src_mask;
6078 l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift;
6079 l = mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
6083 /* Compute the combined addend. */
6086 /* If PC-relative, subtract the difference between the
6087 address of the LO part of the reloc and the address of
6088 the HI part. The relocation is relative to the LO
6089 part, but mips_elf_calculate_relocation() doesn't
6090 know its address or the difference from the HI part, so
6091 we subtract that difference here. See also the
6092 comment in mips_elf_calculate_relocation(). */
6093 if (r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16)
6094 addend -= (lo16_relocation->r_offset - rel->r_offset);
6096 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL)
6098 /* The addend is scrambled in the object file. See
6099 mips_elf_perform_relocation for details on the
6101 addend = (((addend & 0x1f0000) >> 5)
6102 | ((addend & 0x7e00000) >> 16)
6107 addend = rel->r_addend;
6110 if (info->relocateable)
6112 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
6113 unsigned long r_symndx;
6115 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)
6116 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
6119 /* Since we're just relocating, all we need to do is copy
6120 the relocations back out to the object file, unless
6121 they're against a section symbol, in which case we need
6122 to adjust by the section offset, or unless they're GP
6123 relative in which case we need to adjust by the amount
6124 that we're adjusting GP in this relocateable object. */
6126 if (! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections,
6128 /* There's nothing to do for non-local relocations. */
6131 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL
6132 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL16
6133 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
6134 || r_type == R_MIPS_LITERAL)
6135 addend -= (_bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
6136 - _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd));
6138 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
6139 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
6140 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
6141 /* Adjust the addend appropriately. */
6142 addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
6144 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6146 /* If the relocation is for a R_MIPS_HI16 or R_MIPS_GOT16,
6147 then we only want to write out the high-order 16 bits.
6148 The subsequent R_MIPS_LO16 will handle the low-order bits.
6150 if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
6151 || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16)
6152 addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
6153 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
6154 addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
6155 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
6156 addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
6159 if (rela_relocation_p)
6160 /* If this is a RELA relocation, just update the addend.
6161 We have to cast away constness for REL. */
6162 rel->r_addend = addend;
6165 /* Otherwise, we have to write the value back out. Note
6166 that we use the source mask, rather than the
6167 destination mask because the place to which we are
6168 writing will be source of the addend in the final
6170 addend >>= howto->rightshift;
6171 addend &= howto->src_mask;
6173 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
6174 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6175 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
6176 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
6177 but for endianness. */
6183 if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
6185 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
6192 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6193 do two separate stores. */
6194 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
6196 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6198 low_bits = sign_bits;
6204 high_bits = sign_bits;
6206 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
6207 contents + rel->r_offset);
6208 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
6209 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
6213 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend,
6214 input_bfd, input_section,
6219 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
6223 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
6224 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
6225 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
6227 if (rel + 1 < relend
6228 && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset
6229 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE)
6230 use_saved_addend_p = TRUE;
6232 use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
6234 addend >>= howto->rightshift;
6236 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
6237 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd,
6238 input_section, info, rel,
6239 addend, howto, local_syms,
6240 local_sections, &value,
6241 &name, &require_jalx,
6242 use_saved_addend_p))
6244 case bfd_reloc_continue:
6245 /* There's nothing to do. */
6248 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
6249 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
6250 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
6251 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
6252 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
6255 case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
6256 msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
6257 info->callbacks->warning
6258 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
6261 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
6262 if (use_saved_addend_p)
6263 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
6264 a given location. */
6268 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
6269 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
6270 (info, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0,
6271 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)))
6284 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
6285 until we reach the last one. */
6286 if (use_saved_addend_p)
6292 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
6293 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6294 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
6295 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
6296 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
6297 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
6298 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
6299 only a 32-bit VMA. */
6305 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
6307 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
6314 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6315 do two separate stores. */
6316 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
6318 /* Undo what we did above. */
6320 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6322 low_bits = sign_bits;
6328 high_bits = sign_bits;
6330 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
6331 contents + rel->r_offset);
6332 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
6333 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
6337 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
6338 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
6339 input_bfd, input_section,
6340 contents, require_jalx))
6347 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
6348 adjust it appropriately now. */
6351 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (abfd, name, sym)
6352 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6354 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
6356 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
6357 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
6358 static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
6361 "__dso_displacement",
6363 "__program_header_table",
6367 static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = {
6375 const char* const *p;
6378 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
6379 for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols;
6382 if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0)
6384 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
6386 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6388 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
6390 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
6392 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
6398 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6399 dynamic sections here. */
6402 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, info, h, sym)
6404 struct bfd_link_info *info;
6405 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6406 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
6412 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
6414 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
6416 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6417 gval = sym->st_value;
6418 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6420 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6423 bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE];
6425 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
6427 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
6429 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
6430 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
6431 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6433 /* FIXME: Can h->dynindex be more than 64K? */
6434 if (h->dynindx & 0xffff0000)
6437 /* Fill the stub. */
6438 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub);
6439 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + 4);
6440 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + 8);
6441 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16 (output_bfd) + h->dynindx, stub + 12);
6443 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= s->_raw_size);
6444 memcpy (s->contents + h->plt.offset, stub, MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
6446 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
6447 only for the referenced symbol. */
6448 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6450 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
6451 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
6452 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
6453 gval = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset + h->plt.offset;
6454 sym->st_value = gval;
6457 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
6458 || (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL) != 0);
6460 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6461 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
6462 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
6463 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
6464 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
6466 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
6467 the symbols that need them. */
6468 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL
6469 && h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
6475 value = sym->st_value;
6478 /* For an entity defined in a shared object, this will be
6479 NULL. (For functions in shared objects for
6480 which we have created stubs, ST_VALUE will be non-NULL.
6481 That's because such the functions are now no longer defined
6482 in a shared object.) */
6484 if ((info->shared && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
6485 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6488 value = h->root.u.def.value;
6490 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h);
6491 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
6494 if (g->next && h->dynindx != -1)
6496 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
6499 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
6504 e.abfd = output_bfd;
6506 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
6509 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
6510 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6512 else if (sym->st_value)
6513 value = sym->st_value;
6515 value = h->root.u.def.value;
6517 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
6518 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32);
6520 for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
6523 && (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries,
6527 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
6529 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
6532 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
6534 && ((p->d.h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
6535 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
6536 && ((p->d.h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
6537 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)))
6538 && ! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
6539 (output_bfd, info, rel,
6540 e.d.h, NULL, value, &addend, sgot)))
6542 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
6547 /* Create a .msym entry, if appropriate. */
6548 smsym = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".msym");
6551 Elf32_Internal_Msym msym;
6553 msym.ms_hash_value = bfd_elf_hash (h->root.root.string);
6554 /* It is undocumented what the `1' indicates, but IRIX6 uses
6556 msym.ms_info = ELF32_MS_INFO (mh->min_dyn_reloc_index, 1);
6557 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out
6559 ((Elf32_External_Msym *) smsym->contents) + h->dynindx);
6562 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
6563 name = h->root.root.string;
6564 if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
6565 || strcmp (name, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
6566 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6567 else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
6568 || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
6570 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6571 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6574 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
6576 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6577 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6578 sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd);
6580 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6582 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
6583 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
6585 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6586 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
6588 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
6590 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
6592 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6593 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
6594 sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count;
6595 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6597 else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
6599 if (h->type == STT_FUNC)
6600 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
6601 else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
6602 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
6606 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
6607 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
6608 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
6612 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
6613 && (strcmp (name, "__rld_map") == 0
6614 || strcmp (name, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
6616 asection *s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map");
6617 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6618 sym->st_value = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
6619 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, s->contents);
6620 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value == 0)
6621 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
6623 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
6624 && strcmp (name, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
6626 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
6627 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5
6628 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_none)
6629 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map")
6631 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
6635 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
6636 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16
6637 && (sym->st_value & 1) != 0)
6643 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
6646 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info)
6648 struct bfd_link_info *info;
6653 struct mips_got_info *gg, *g;
6655 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6657 sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
6659 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6664 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
6665 gg = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
6666 BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
6667 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, output_bfd);
6668 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
6671 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
6675 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
6676 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
6678 for (b = sdyn->contents;
6679 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->_raw_size;
6680 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
6682 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
6686 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
6688 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
6689 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
6691 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
6697 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6698 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6699 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj);
6703 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
6705 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
6711 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
6714 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
6717 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
6718 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6719 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
6722 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
6723 dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
6727 dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */
6730 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO:
6732 elemsize = sizeof (Elf32_Conflict);
6735 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO:
6737 elemsize = sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
6739 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
6742 if (s->_cooked_size != 0)
6743 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_cooked_size / elemsize;
6745 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_raw_size / elemsize;
6751 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
6752 time ((time_t *) &dyn.d_un.d_val);
6755 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
6760 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
6765 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
6766 s = output_bfd->sections;
6767 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6768 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
6771 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
6772 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno;
6775 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
6776 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
6777 entry of the first external symbol that is not
6778 referenced within the same object. */
6779 dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1;
6782 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
6783 if (gg->global_gotsym)
6785 dyn.d_un.d_val = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
6788 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
6789 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
6790 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
6792 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
6794 elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd);
6795 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
6796 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6798 if (s->_cooked_size != 0)
6799 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_cooked_size / elemsize;
6801 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_raw_size / elemsize;
6804 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
6805 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
6808 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
6809 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value;
6812 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
6813 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name
6814 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)));
6815 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
6819 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".msym"));
6820 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
6829 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
6834 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
6835 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
6836 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
6837 if (sgot != NULL && sgot->_raw_size > 0)
6839 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
6840 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0x80000000,
6841 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
6845 elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
6846 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
6848 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
6849 if (gg != NULL && gg->next)
6851 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
6854 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
6855 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32);
6857 for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
6859 bfd_vma index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno;
6861 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents
6862 + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
6863 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0x80000000, sgot->contents
6864 + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
6869 while (index < g->assigned_gotno)
6871 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset
6872 = index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
6873 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
6874 (output_bfd, info, rel, NULL,
6875 bfd_abs_section_ptr,
6878 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
6886 Elf32_compact_rel cpt;
6888 /* ??? The section symbols for the output sections were set up in
6889 _bfd_elf_final_link. SGI sets the STT_NOTYPE attribute for these
6890 symbols. Should we do so? */
6892 smsym = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".msym");
6895 Elf32_Internal_Msym msym;
6897 msym.ms_hash_value = 0;
6898 msym.ms_info = ELF32_MS_INFO (0, 1);
6900 for (s = output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6902 long dynindx = elf_section_data (s)->dynindx;
6904 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out
6906 (((Elf32_External_Msym *) smsym->contents)
6911 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6913 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
6914 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
6918 cpt.num = s->reloc_count;
6920 cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos
6921 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
6924 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
6925 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
6928 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
6929 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
6930 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
6933 file_ptr dummy_offset;
6935 BFD_ASSERT (s->_raw_size >= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
6936 dummy_offset = s->_raw_size - MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
6937 memset (s->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
6938 MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
6943 /* We need to sort the entries of the dynamic relocation section. */
6945 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6948 && s->_raw_size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd))
6950 reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
6952 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6953 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
6954 (size_t) s->reloc_count - 1,
6955 sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel), sort_dynamic_relocs_64);
6957 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
6958 (size_t) s->reloc_count - 1,
6959 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel), sort_dynamic_relocs);
6967 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
6970 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd)
6975 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
6978 case bfd_mach_mips3000:
6979 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1;
6982 case bfd_mach_mips3900:
6983 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900;
6986 case bfd_mach_mips6000:
6987 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2;
6990 case bfd_mach_mips4000:
6991 case bfd_mach_mips4300:
6992 case bfd_mach_mips4400:
6993 case bfd_mach_mips4600:
6994 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3;
6997 case bfd_mach_mips4010:
6998 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010;
7001 case bfd_mach_mips4100:
7002 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100;
7005 case bfd_mach_mips4111:
7006 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111;
7009 case bfd_mach_mips4120:
7010 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120;
7013 case bfd_mach_mips4650:
7014 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650;
7017 case bfd_mach_mips5400:
7018 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400;
7021 case bfd_mach_mips5500:
7022 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500;
7025 case bfd_mach_mips5000:
7026 case bfd_mach_mips8000:
7027 case bfd_mach_mips10000:
7028 case bfd_mach_mips12000:
7029 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
7032 case bfd_mach_mips5:
7033 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
7036 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
7037 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
7040 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
7041 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
7044 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
7045 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64;
7048 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2:
7049 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2;
7052 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
7053 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val;
7058 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
7059 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
7060 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7063 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (abfd, linker)
7065 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7068 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
7072 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
7073 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
7074 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
7075 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0)
7076 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd);
7078 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
7079 info for each special section. */
7080 for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
7081 i < elf_numsections (abfd);
7084 switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type)
7087 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
7088 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
7090 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7093 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
7094 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
7095 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
7096 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
7097 && strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
7098 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
7099 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
7100 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7103 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
7104 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
7105 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
7106 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
7107 && strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content",
7108 sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
7109 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
7110 name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
7111 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
7112 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7115 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
7116 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
7118 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7119 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist");
7121 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7124 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
7125 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
7126 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
7127 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
7128 if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
7129 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
7130 name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
7133 BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
7134 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
7135 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
7137 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
7139 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
7140 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7147 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
7151 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (abfd)
7157 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
7158 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
7159 if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
7162 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
7163 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
7164 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
7165 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)))
7168 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
7169 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5
7170 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")
7171 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"))
7177 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
7180 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (abfd)
7184 struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
7187 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
7189 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
7190 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
7192 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
7193 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO)
7198 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7202 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO;
7206 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
7207 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
7209 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
7210 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
7218 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
7219 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
7220 PT_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
7223 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
7224 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
7225 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
7227 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
7229 for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
7230 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
7235 struct elf_segment_map *options_segment;
7237 /* Usually, there's a program header table. But, sometimes
7238 there's not (like when running the `ld' testsuite). So,
7239 if there's no program header table, we just put the
7240 options segment at the end. */
7241 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
7244 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR)
7247 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
7248 options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7249 options_segment->next = *pm;
7250 options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
7251 options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
7252 options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE;
7253 options_segment->count = 1;
7254 options_segment->sections[0] = s;
7255 *pm = options_segment;
7260 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
7262 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
7263 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
7264 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL
7265 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL
7266 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
7268 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
7269 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC)
7274 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7278 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC;
7280 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
7285 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
7293 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
7294 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
7295 while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC)
7305 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
7306 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
7308 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL;
7310 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)
7313 if (m != NULL && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
7315 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
7316 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
7317 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
7318 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
7319 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
7321 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
7322 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
7326 && m->count == 1 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
7328 static const char *sec_names[] =
7330 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
7334 struct elf_segment_map *n;
7338 for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++)
7340 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]);
7341 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
7347 sz = s->_cooked_size;
7350 if (high < s->vma + sz)
7356 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7357 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
7360 + (s->_cooked_size !=
7361 0 ? s->_cooked_size : s->_raw_size)) <= high))
7364 amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
7365 n = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7372 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7374 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
7377 + (s->_cooked_size != 0 ?
7378 s->_cooked_size : s->_raw_size)) <= high))
7392 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
7396 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym)
7398 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7399 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
7400 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7401 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
7403 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
7407 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info))
7409 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
7410 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
7414 switch (h->root.type)
7416 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
7417 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
7418 return h->root.u.def.section;
7420 case bfd_link_hash_common:
7421 return h->root.u.c.p->section;
7429 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec->owner, sym->st_shndx);
7434 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
7437 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
7438 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7439 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7440 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7441 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7444 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7445 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
7446 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
7447 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
7448 unsigned long r_symndx;
7449 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7451 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
7452 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
7453 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
7455 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
7456 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
7457 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
7461 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
7462 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
7463 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
7464 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
7465 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
7466 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
7467 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
7468 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
7469 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
7470 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
7481 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
7482 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
7483 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
7484 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
7487 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (bed, dir, ind)
7488 struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7489 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, *ind;
7491 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
7493 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (bed, dir, ind);
7495 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
7498 dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
7499 indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
7500 dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
7501 if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
7502 dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
7503 if (dirmips->min_dyn_reloc_index == 0
7504 || (indmips->min_dyn_reloc_index != 0
7505 && indmips->min_dyn_reloc_index < dirmips->min_dyn_reloc_index))
7506 dirmips->min_dyn_reloc_index = indmips->min_dyn_reloc_index;
7507 if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
7508 dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
7512 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info, entry, force_local)
7513 struct bfd_link_info *info;
7514 struct elf_link_hash_entry *entry;
7515 bfd_boolean force_local;
7519 struct mips_got_info *g;
7520 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7522 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
7523 if (h->forced_local)
7525 h->forced_local = TRUE;
7527 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
7528 got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
7529 g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info;
7533 struct mips_got_entry e;
7534 struct mips_got_info *gg = g;
7536 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
7537 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
7538 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
7539 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
7540 the upper limit of global entries. */
7545 for (g = g->next; g != gg; g = g->next)
7546 if (htab_find (g->got_entries, &e))
7548 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0);
7553 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
7554 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
7555 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
7556 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
7557 if (h->root.got.offset == 2)
7559 BFD_ASSERT (gg->assigned_gotno > 0);
7560 gg->assigned_gotno--;
7563 else if (g->global_gotno == 0 && g->global_gotsym == NULL)
7564 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
7565 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
7568 else if (h->root.got.offset == 1)
7570 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
7571 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
7573 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0);
7578 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &h->root, force_local);
7584 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (abfd, cookie, info)
7586 struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie;
7587 struct bfd_link_info *info;
7590 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
7591 unsigned char *tdata;
7594 o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr");
7597 if (o->_raw_size == 0)
7599 if (o->_raw_size % PDR_SIZE != 0)
7601 if (o->output_section != NULL
7602 && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section))
7605 tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->_raw_size / PDR_SIZE);
7609 cookie->rels = (MNAME(abfd,_bfd_elf,link_read_relocs)
7610 (abfd, o, (PTR) NULL,
7611 (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
7612 info->keep_memory));
7619 cookie->rel = cookie->rels;
7620 cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count;
7622 for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->_raw_size; i ++)
7624 if (MNAME(abfd,_bfd_elf,reloc_symbol_deleted_p) (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie))
7633 mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata;
7634 o->_cooked_size = o->_raw_size - skip * PDR_SIZE;
7640 if (! info->keep_memory)
7641 free (cookie->rels);
7647 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (sec)
7650 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0)
7656 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (output_bfd, sec, contents)
7661 bfd_byte *to, *from, *end;
7664 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0)
7667 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL)
7671 end = contents + sec->_raw_size;
7672 for (from = contents, i = 0;
7674 from += PDR_SIZE, i++)
7676 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1)
7679 memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE);
7682 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents,
7683 (file_ptr) sec->output_offset,
7688 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
7689 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
7691 struct mips_elf_find_line
7693 struct ecoff_debug_info d;
7694 struct ecoff_find_line i;
7698 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, filename_ptr,
7699 functionname_ptr, line_ptr)
7704 const char **filename_ptr;
7705 const char **functionname_ptr;
7706 unsigned int *line_ptr;
7710 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7711 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7715 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7716 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7718 (unsigned) (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0),
7719 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
7722 msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug");
7726 struct mips_elf_find_line *fi;
7727 const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
7728 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
7730 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
7731 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
7732 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
7733 origflags = msec->flags;
7734 if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
7735 msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7737 fi = elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info;
7740 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
7743 struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
7744 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line);
7746 fi = (struct mips_elf_find_line *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7749 msec->flags = origflags;
7753 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d))
7755 msec->flags = origflags;
7759 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
7760 amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr);
7761 fi->d.fdr = (struct fdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
7762 if (fi->d.fdr == NULL)
7764 msec->flags = origflags;
7767 external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size;
7768 fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr;
7769 fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr;
7770 fraw_end = (fraw_src
7771 + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size);
7772 for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
7773 (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, (PTR) fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
7775 elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi;
7777 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
7778 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
7779 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
7780 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
7781 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
7782 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
7785 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap,
7786 &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7789 msec->flags = origflags;
7793 msec->flags = origflags;
7796 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
7798 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7799 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7803 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
7804 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
7805 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
7808 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count)
7813 bfd_size_type count;
7815 if (strcmp (section->name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0)
7819 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
7821 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
7822 section->used_by_bfd = (PTR) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7823 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
7826 c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata;
7831 if (section->_cooked_size != 0)
7832 size = section->_cooked_size;
7834 size = section->_raw_size;
7835 c = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
7838 mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c;
7841 memcpy (c + offset, location, (size_t) count);
7844 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
7848 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
7849 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
7852 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd, link_info, link_order,
7853 data, relocateable, symbols)
7855 struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
7856 struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
7858 bfd_boolean relocateable;
7861 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
7862 bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
7863 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
7865 long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
7866 arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
7872 reloc_vector = (arelent **) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) reloc_size);
7873 if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
7876 /* read in the section */
7877 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd,
7881 input_section->_raw_size))
7884 /* We're not relaxing the section, so just copy the size info */
7885 input_section->_cooked_size = input_section->_raw_size;
7886 input_section->reloc_done = TRUE;
7888 reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
7892 if (reloc_count < 0)
7895 if (reloc_count > 0)
7900 bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
7903 struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
7904 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
7905 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
7906 if (abfd && input_bfd
7907 && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
7911 h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE);
7912 lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
7919 case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
7920 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
7921 case bfd_link_hash_common:
7924 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
7925 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
7927 gp = lh->u.def.value;
7929 case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
7930 case bfd_link_hash_warning:
7932 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
7934 case bfd_link_hash_new:
7943 for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != (arelent *) NULL;
7946 char *error_message = (char *) NULL;
7947 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
7949 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
7950 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
7951 asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
7952 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section) && abfd)
7954 /* The special_function wouldn't get called anyway. */
7958 /* The gp isn't there; let the special function code
7959 fall over on its own. */
7961 else if ((*parent)->howto->special_function
7962 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
7964 /* bypass special_function call */
7965 r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
7966 input_section, relocateable,
7968 goto skip_bfd_perform_relocation;
7970 /* end mips specific stuff */
7972 r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd,
7976 relocateable ? abfd : (bfd *) NULL,
7978 skip_bfd_perform_relocation:
7982 asection *os = input_section->output_section;
7984 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
7985 os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
7989 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
7993 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
7994 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
7995 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
7996 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address,
8000 case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
8001 BFD_ASSERT (error_message != (char *) NULL);
8002 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
8003 (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
8004 (*parent)->address)))
8007 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
8008 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
8009 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
8010 (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
8011 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
8014 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
8023 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
8024 free (reloc_vector);
8028 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
8029 free (reloc_vector);
8033 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
8035 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
8036 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd)
8039 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
8040 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table);
8042 ret = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt);
8043 if (ret == (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) NULL)
8046 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
8047 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc))
8054 /* We no longer use this. */
8055 for (i = 0; i < SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES; i++)
8056 ret->dynsym_sec_strindex[i] = (bfd_size_type) -1;
8058 ret->procedure_count = 0;
8059 ret->compact_rel_size = 0;
8060 ret->use_rld_obj_head = FALSE;
8062 ret->mips16_stubs_seen = FALSE;
8064 return &ret->root.root;
8067 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
8068 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
8069 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
8072 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (abfd, info)
8074 struct bfd_link_info *info;
8078 struct bfd_link_order *p;
8079 asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
8080 asection *rtproc_sec;
8081 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
8082 struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
8083 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap
8084 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
8085 HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
8086 PTR mdebug_handle = NULL;
8092 static const char * const secname[] =
8094 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
8095 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
8097 static const int sc[] =
8099 scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
8100 scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
8103 /* If all the things we linked together were PIC, but we're
8104 producing an executable (rather than a shared object), then the
8105 resulting file is CPIC (i.e., it calls PIC code.) */
8107 && !info->relocateable
8108 && elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC)
8110 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
8111 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC;
8114 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
8115 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
8116 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
8118 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
8122 struct mips_got_info *g;
8124 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
8125 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
8126 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
8127 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
8128 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
8130 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, (info->shared
8131 ? bfd_count_sections (abfd) + 1
8135 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
8136 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8137 got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
8138 g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info;
8140 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
8141 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
8142 - g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
8143 <= g->global_gotno);
8147 /* We want to set the GP value for ld -r. */
8148 /* On IRIX5, we omit the .options section. On IRIX6, however, we
8149 include it, even though we don't process it quite right. (Some
8150 entries are supposed to be merged.) Empirically, we seem to be
8151 better off including it then not. */
8152 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
8153 for (secpp = &abfd->sections; *secpp != NULL; secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
8155 if (strcmp ((*secpp)->name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0)
8157 for (p = (*secpp)->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8158 if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
8159 p->u.indirect.section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8160 (*secpp)->link_order_head = NULL;
8161 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp);
8162 --abfd->section_count;
8168 /* We include .MIPS.options, even though we don't process it quite right.
8169 (Some entries are supposed to be merged.) At IRIX6 empirically we seem
8170 to be better off including it than not. */
8171 for (secpp = &abfd->sections; *secpp != NULL; secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
8173 if (strcmp ((*secpp)->name, ".MIPS.options") == 0)
8175 for (p = (*secpp)->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8176 if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
8177 p->u.indirect.section->flags &=~ SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8178 (*secpp)->link_order_head = NULL;
8179 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp);
8180 --abfd->section_count;
8187 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
8188 if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
8190 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
8192 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
8193 if (h != (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL
8194 && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
8195 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
8196 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
8197 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
8198 else if (info->relocateable)
8200 bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
8202 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
8203 for (o = abfd->sections; o != (asection *) NULL; o = o->next)
8205 && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL))
8208 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
8209 elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (abfd);
8213 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
8214 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
8215 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
8219 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
8223 gptab_data_sec = NULL;
8224 gptab_bss_sec = NULL;
8225 for (o = abfd->sections; o != (asection *) NULL; o = o->next)
8227 if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0)
8229 memset (®info, 0, sizeof reginfo);
8231 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
8232 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8233 the information together. */
8234 for (p = o->link_order_head;
8235 p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
8238 asection *input_section;
8240 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
8243 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
8245 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
8250 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
8251 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
8253 /* The linker emulation code has probably clobbered the
8254 size to be zero bytes. */
8255 if (input_section->_raw_size == 0)
8256 input_section->_raw_size = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
8258 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
8261 (bfd_size_type) sizeof ext))
8264 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub);
8266 reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask;
8267 reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0];
8268 reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1];
8269 reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2];
8270 reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3];
8272 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
8273 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
8274 finally written out. */
8276 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8277 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8278 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8281 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
8282 BFD_ASSERT(o->_raw_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
8284 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8285 matters, but someday it might). */
8286 o->link_order_head = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
8291 if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0)
8293 struct extsym_info einfo;
8296 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
8297 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8298 the information together. */
8299 symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
8300 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
8302 symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
8306 symhdr->isymMax = 0;
8307 symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
8308 symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
8310 symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
8313 symhdr->iextMax = 0;
8315 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
8316 debug_info structure. */
8318 debug.external_dnr = NULL;
8319 debug.external_pdr = NULL;
8320 debug.external_sym = NULL;
8321 debug.external_opt = NULL;
8322 debug.external_aux = NULL;
8324 debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
8325 debug.external_fdr = NULL;
8326 debug.external_rfd = NULL;
8327 debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
8329 mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info);
8330 if (mdebug_handle == (PTR) NULL)
8334 esym.cobol_main = 0;
8338 esym.asym.iss = issNil;
8339 esym.asym.st = stLocal;
8340 esym.asym.reserved = 0;
8341 esym.asym.index = indexNil;
8343 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++)
8345 esym.asym.sc = sc[i];
8346 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]);
8349 esym.asym.value = s->vma;
8350 last = s->vma + s->_raw_size;
8353 esym.asym.value = last;
8354 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap,
8359 for (p = o->link_order_head;
8360 p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
8363 asection *input_section;
8365 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
8366 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug;
8370 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
8372 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
8377 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
8378 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
8380 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8381 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
8382 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap) == NULL)
8384 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
8385 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
8386 want to deal with it. */
8390 input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
8391 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap);
8393 BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->_raw_size);
8395 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
8396 read in the debugging information and set up an
8397 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
8398 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section,
8402 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
8403 (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd,
8404 &input_debug, input_swap, info)))
8407 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
8408 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
8409 the linker global hash table and save the information
8410 for the output external symbols. */
8411 eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext;
8412 eraw_end = (eraw_src
8413 + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax
8414 * input_swap->external_ext_size));
8416 eraw_src < eraw_end;
8417 eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size)
8421 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8423 (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, (PTR) eraw_src, &ext);
8424 if (ext.asym.sc == scNil
8425 || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined
8426 || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
8429 name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss;
8430 h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
8431 name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
8432 if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2)
8438 < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax);
8439 ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd];
8445 /* Free up the information we just read. */
8446 free (input_debug.line);
8447 free (input_debug.external_dnr);
8448 free (input_debug.external_pdr);
8449 free (input_debug.external_sym);
8450 free (input_debug.external_opt);
8451 free (input_debug.external_aux);
8452 free (input_debug.ss);
8453 free (input_debug.ssext);
8454 free (input_debug.external_fdr);
8455 free (input_debug.external_rfd);
8456 free (input_debug.external_ext);
8458 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8459 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8460 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8463 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && info->shared)
8465 /* Create .rtproc section. */
8466 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
8467 if (rtproc_sec == NULL)
8469 flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
8470 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
8472 rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rtproc");
8473 if (rtproc_sec == NULL
8474 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, rtproc_sec, flags)
8475 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4))
8479 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd,
8485 /* Build the external symbol information. */
8488 einfo.debug = &debug;
8490 einfo.failed = FALSE;
8491 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
8492 mips_elf_output_extsym,
8497 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
8498 o->_raw_size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap);
8500 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8501 matters, but someday it might). */
8502 o->link_order_head = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
8507 if (strncmp (o->name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
8509 const char *subname;
8512 Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab;
8515 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
8516 information describing how the small data area would
8517 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
8518 not used in executables files. */
8519 if (! info->relocateable)
8521 for (p = o->link_order_head;
8522 p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
8525 asection *input_section;
8527 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
8529 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
8534 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
8536 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8537 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8538 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8541 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
8542 currently matters, but someday it might). */
8543 o->link_order_head = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
8545 /* Really remove the section. */
8546 for (secpp = &abfd->sections;
8548 secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
8550 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp);
8551 --abfd->section_count;
8556 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
8557 uninitialized data. */
8558 if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
8560 else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
8564 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8565 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
8566 bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name);
8567 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
8571 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
8572 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
8573 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
8574 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
8575 case we must change the name of the output section. */
8576 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8577 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL)
8579 if (o == gptab_data_sec)
8580 o->name = ".gptab.data";
8582 o->name = ".gptab.bss";
8583 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8584 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL);
8587 /* Set up the first entry. */
8589 amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
8590 tab = (Elf32_gptab *) bfd_malloc (amt);
8593 tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd);
8594 tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
8596 /* Combine the input sections. */
8597 for (p = o->link_order_head;
8598 p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
8601 asection *input_section;
8605 bfd_size_type gpentry;
8607 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
8609 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
8614 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
8615 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
8617 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
8618 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
8619 sorted by ascending -G value. */
8620 size = bfd_section_size (input_bfd, input_section);
8622 for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
8624 gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))
8626 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab;
8627 Elf32_gptab int_gptab;
8633 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
8634 (input_bfd, input_section, (PTR) &ext_gptab,
8636 (bfd_size_type) sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))))
8642 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab,
8644 val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value;
8645 add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last;
8648 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
8650 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val)
8651 tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add;
8653 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val)
8659 Elf32_gptab *new_tab;
8662 /* We need a new table entry. */
8663 amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
8664 new_tab = (Elf32_gptab *) bfd_realloc ((PTR) tab, amt);
8665 if (new_tab == NULL)
8671 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val;
8672 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add;
8674 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
8675 value, since that will be implied by this new
8678 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
8680 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val
8682 || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value
8683 > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value)))
8687 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes +=
8688 tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes;
8693 last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes;
8696 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8697 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8698 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8701 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
8703 qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare);
8705 /* Swap out the table. */
8706 amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
8707 ext_tab = (Elf32_External_gptab *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
8708 if (ext_tab == NULL)
8714 for (j = 0; j < c; j++)
8715 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j);
8718 o->_raw_size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
8719 o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab;
8721 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8722 matters, but someday it might). */
8723 o->link_order_head = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
8727 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
8728 if (!MNAME(abfd,bfd_elf,bfd_final_link) (abfd, info))
8731 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
8733 if (reginfo_sec != (asection *) NULL)
8735 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
8737 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, ®info, &ext);
8738 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, (PTR) &ext,
8740 (bfd_size_type) sizeof ext))
8744 if (mdebug_sec != (asection *) NULL)
8746 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
8747 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug,
8749 mdebug_sec->filepos))
8752 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info);
8755 if (gptab_data_sec != (asection *) NULL)
8757 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec,
8758 gptab_data_sec->contents,
8760 gptab_data_sec->_raw_size))
8764 if (gptab_bss_sec != (asection *) NULL)
8766 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec,
8767 gptab_bss_sec->contents,
8769 gptab_bss_sec->_raw_size))
8773 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8775 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
8776 if (rtproc_sec != NULL)
8778 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec,
8779 rtproc_sec->contents,
8781 rtproc_sec->_raw_size))
8789 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
8791 struct mips_mach_extension {
8792 unsigned long extension, base;
8796 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
8797 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
8799 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] = {
8800 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
8801 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
8803 /* MIPS V extensions. */
8804 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
8806 /* R10000 extensions. */
8807 { bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
8809 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
8810 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
8811 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
8812 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
8813 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
8814 { bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 },
8815 { bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 },
8817 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
8818 { bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
8819 { bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
8820 { bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
8822 /* VR4100 extensions. */
8823 { bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
8824 { bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
8826 /* MIPS III extensions. */
8827 { bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8828 { bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8829 { bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8830 { bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8831 { bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8832 { bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8833 { bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8835 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
8836 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 },
8838 /* MIPS II extensions. */
8839 { bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
8840 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
8842 /* MIPS I extensions. */
8843 { bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 },
8844 { bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 }
8848 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
8851 mips_mach_extends_p (base, extension)
8852 unsigned long base, extension;
8856 for (i = 0; extension != base && i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++)
8857 if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension)
8858 extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base;
8860 return extension == base;
8864 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
8867 mips_32bit_flags_p (flags)
8870 return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0
8871 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
8872 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
8873 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
8874 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
8875 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
8876 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2);
8880 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
8881 object file when linking. */
8884 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)
8891 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
8894 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
8895 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
8898 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8899 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8902 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
8903 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
8904 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
8906 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
8908 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
8909 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
8910 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
8911 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS];
8913 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
8914 && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default)
8916 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
8917 bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
8924 /* Check flag compatibility. */
8926 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
8927 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
8929 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
8930 doesn't seem to matter. */
8931 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
8932 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
8934 if (new_flags == old_flags)
8937 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
8938 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
8939 actually cause any incompatibility. */
8940 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
8942 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
8943 which are automatically generated by gas. */
8944 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
8945 && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
8946 && ((!strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
8947 || !strcmp (sec->name, ".data")
8948 || !strcmp (sec->name, ".bss"))
8949 && sec->_raw_size != 0))
8951 null_input_bfd = FALSE;
8960 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC))
8962 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
8963 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
8964 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8965 (_("%s: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
8966 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd));
8970 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC))
8972 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_CPIC;
8973 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_CPIC;
8974 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8975 (_("%s: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
8976 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd));
8980 /* Compare the ISAs. */
8981 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags))
8983 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8984 (_("%s: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
8985 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd));
8988 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd)))
8990 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
8991 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
8993 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
8994 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
8995 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
8996 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd));
8997 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
8998 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
8999 |= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
9001 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
9002 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
9003 if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0
9004 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)
9005 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI))
9006 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI;
9010 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
9011 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9012 (_("%s: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9013 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd),
9014 bfd_printable_name (ibfd),
9015 bfd_printable_name (obfd));
9020 new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
9021 old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
9023 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
9024 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
9025 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
9026 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
9027 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
9029 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
9030 if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
9031 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
9032 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
9034 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9035 (_("%s: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9036 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd),
9037 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd),
9038 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd));
9041 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
9042 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
9045 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
9046 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
9048 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
9050 new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
9051 old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
9054 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
9055 if (new_flags != old_flags)
9057 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9058 (_("%s: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
9059 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd), (unsigned long) new_flags,
9060 (unsigned long) old_flags);
9066 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
9073 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
9076 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (abfd, flags)
9080 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
9081 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
9083 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
9084 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
9089 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr)
9093 FILE *file = (FILE *) ptr;
9095 BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
9097 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
9098 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
9100 /* xgettext:c-format */
9101 fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
9103 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
9104 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]"));
9105 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64)
9106 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]"));
9107 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32)
9108 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
9109 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
9110 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
9111 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
9112 fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]"));
9113 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
9114 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]"));
9115 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
9116 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]"));
9118 fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]"));
9120 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1)
9121 fprintf (file, _(" [mips1]"));
9122 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2)
9123 fprintf (file, _(" [mips2]"));
9124 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3)
9125 fprintf (file, _(" [mips3]"));
9126 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4)
9127 fprintf (file, _(" [mips4]"));
9128 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5)
9129 fprintf (file, _(" [mips5]"));
9130 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32)
9131 fprintf (file, _(" [mips32]"));
9132 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64)
9133 fprintf (file, _(" [mips64]"));
9134 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2)
9135 fprintf (file, _(" [mips32r2]"));
9137 fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
9139 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
9140 fprintf (file, _(" [mdmx]"));
9142 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
9143 fprintf (file, _(" [mips16]"));
9145 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
9146 fprintf (file, _(" [32bitmode]"));
9148 fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));